2004.5 infiniti fx45/35 owner manual - dealer.com us · 2019-06-15 · infiniti is dedicated to...

Foreword

Your INFINITI represents a new way of think-ing about vehicle design. It integrates ad-vanced engineering and superior craftsman-ship with a simple, refined aesthetic sensitivityassociated with traditional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxury andbeauty. The car itself is important, but so is thesense of harmony that the vehicle evokes inits driver, and the sense of satisfaction youfeel with the INFINITI — from the way it looksand drives to the high level of dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to thefullest, we encourage you to read this Owner’sManual immediately. It explains all of thefeatures, controls and performance character-istics of your INFINITI; it also provides impor-tant instructions and safety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletcan be found in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. Always carry it with you whenyou take your INFINITI to an authorizeddealer. The portfolio contents providecomplete information about all warrantiescovering this vehicle, the periodic mainte-nance required to keep the warranties ineffect as well as the INFINITI RoadsideAssistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet will

explain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfyingownership experience for as long as you ownyour car. Should you have any questionsregarding your INFINITI or your INFINITIdealer, please contact our Consumer Affairsdepartment at:In the U.S. 1-800-662-6200In Canada 1-800-361-4792

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-tenance requirements, assisting you in thesafe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

O NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

O ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for condi-tions.

O ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in therear seat.

O ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

O ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOURVEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modifications may not be coveredunder INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,

Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrationsin this manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. INFINITI reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen .

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in the illustra-tion.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.In addition, certain fluids contained invehicles and certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to causecancer and birth defects or other repro-ductive harm.

© 2004 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual maybe reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or trans-mitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

0 Illustrated table of contents

Exterior ...................................................................... 0-2Instrument panel ....................................................... 0-3Meters and gauges ................................................... 0-4Engine compartment locations.................................. 0-5

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine hood (Page 3-25)

2. Front lights (P.2-21)

3. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-19)

4. Windshield (P.8-20)

5. Sunroof (P.2-36)

6. Power windows (P.2-35)

7. Towing hook (P.6-14)

8. Fog light and switch (P.2-25)

9. Tire pressure (P.8-32)

10. Flat tire (P.6-2)

11. Tire chains (P.8-37)

12. Mirrors (P.3-31)

13. Door and locks (P.3-3)

14. Trunk lid (P.3-25)

15. Rear wiper (P.8-22)

16. Rear combination light (P.8-28)

17. Fuel filler lid (P.3-27)

18. Child safety locks (P.3-5)

SSI0012

EXTERIOR

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-32)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

(P.2-20)3. Trip odometer reset knob (P.2-4)

4. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-24)

5. Headlight aiming control switch (P.2-23)6. Trip odometer select knob (P.2-4)7. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-33)8. Security indicator light (P.2-18)9. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)10. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-19)

11. Cruise control main/set switch (P.5-16) orIntelligent cruise control switch (if soequipped) (P.5-18)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P.2-19)13. Ignition switch (P.5-8)/Ignition knob

(P.3-13)14. Center ventilator (P.4-16)15. Display, Climate and Audio control

switches/buttons (P.4-2)/Navigation sys-tem*

16. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-19)

17. Snow mode switch (P.2-27)18. Hood release handle (P.3-25)19. Fuse box (P.8-23)20. VDC OFF switch (P.2-28)21. Parking brake pedal/parking brake re-

lease pedal (P.5-15)22. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch (if

so equipped) (P.3-29)23. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (if so

equipped) (P.3-29)24. Telescopic steering wheel lock lever

(P.3-29)25. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-25)26. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

(P.2-26)27. Cassette player (P.4-26)28. Cigarette lighter and ashtray (P.2-30)

SIC2134

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

29. Automatic transmission selector lever(P.5-12)

30. Clock (P.2-28)31. Glove box (P.2-32)*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-9)

2. Tachometer (P.2-4)

3. Speedometer (P.2-4)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-5)

5. Intelligent cruise control system display (if

so equipped) (P.5-18)

6. Automatic transmission position indicator(P.5-12)

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip) (P.2-4)

8. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-10)

9. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

10. Air cleaner (P.8-20)

SDI1524

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-11)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-10)

9. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

10. Air cleaner (P.8-20)

SDI1531


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint systems

Seats ......................................................................... 1-2Front power seat adjustment ............................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment ........................................... 1-4Head restraint adjustment .................................... 1-6Active head restraint (front seats) ........................ 1-7Armrest ................................................................. 1-7

Supplemental restraint system.................................. 1-8Precautions on supplemental restraint system .... 1-8Supplemental air bag warning labels ................. 1-19Supplemental air bag warning light.................... 1-19

Seat belts ................................................................ 1-21Precautions on seat belt usage ......................... 1-21Child safety......................................................... 1-24Pregnant women ................................................ 1-25

Injured persons................................................... 1-25Three-point type seat belt with retractor ............ 1-25Rear center seat belt.......................................... 1-28Seat belt extenders ............................................ 1-31Seat belt maintenance ....................................... 1-31

Child restraints ........................................................ 1-32Precautions on child restraints ........................... 1-32Installation on rear seat outboard or centerpositions ............................................................. 1-34LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children)system ................................................................ 1-39Top tether strap child restraint ........................... 1-40Installation on front passenger seat ................... 1-41

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accidentyou could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internalinjuries.

O For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See “Precautions onseat belt usage” later in this section.

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

O Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

Operating tips

O The seat motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

O Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” for auto-matic drive positioner operation.

SSS0133

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systems

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seat-back forward again, move the switch forwardand move your body forward. The seatbackwill move forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes tohelp obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” later in this section.)Also, the seatback may be reclined to allowoccupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

Seat lifter

Pull the switch up or push it down to adjust theangle and height of the seat cushion.

SSS0182 SSS0183

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lumbar support (Driver’s seat) — ifso equipped

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Push each side ofthe switch to adjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Folding

1. Remove the head restraints.

2. Pull the seat belt to side.

3. After removing the cargo cover (if soequipped), pull the lever on the rear seat jA

or pull the lever on both sides of the lug-gage room jB and fold the seatback.

4. When resetting the seat, be sure to installthe head restraints.

WARNING

O Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in seri-ous injury in an accident or suddenstop.

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areasare more likely to be seriously injuredor killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

O Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area,any luggage is on the rear seat or anycup is in the cup holder.

O Head restraints should be adjusted

SSS0242 SSS0247


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

properly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in anaccident. Always replace and adjustthem properly if they have been re-moved for any reason.

O If the head restraints are removed forany reason, they should be securelystored to prevent them from causinginjury to passengers or damage tothe vehicle in case of sudden brakingor an accident.

O Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

O When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched po-sition. If they are not completely se-cured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

O When returning the seatbacks, besure to attach the rear center seat beltconnector.

O Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

O When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rear cen-ter seat belt connector is completelysecured.

O If the center seat belt connector andthe seatbacks are not secured in thecorrect position, serious personal in-jury may result in an accident or sud-den stop.

Reclining

Pull the reclining lever j1 and position theseat back at the desired angle j2 . Release thereclining lever j1 after positioning the seat atthe desired angle j2 .

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

SSS0248


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internal inju-ries.

O For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See “Seat belts” later inthis section for precautions on seatbelt usage.

O After adjustment, check to be surethe seat is securely locked. HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up. Tolower, push the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

Adjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide significantprotection against injury in an accident.Do not remove them. Check the adjust-ment after someone else uses the seat.

SSS0125 SSS0178


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (frontseats)

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraintsproperly as specified in the previoussection. Failure to do so can reducethe effectiveness of the active headrestraint.

O Active head restraints are designedto supplement other safety systems.Always wear seat belts. No systemcan prevent all injuries in any acci-dent.

O Do not attach anything to the headrestraint stalks. Doing so could im-pair active head restraint function.

The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from the oc-cupant in a rear-end collision. The movementof the head restraint helps support the occu-pant’s head by reducing its backward move-ment and helping absorb some of the forcesthat may lead to whiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it issaid that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active head restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original positions.

Properly adjust the active head restraints asdescribed in the previous section.

ARMREST

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

SPA1025

SSS0243


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and passenger front impactsupplemental air bags, front seat side-impactsupplemental air bags, curtain side-impact airbags and front seat pre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact forceto the face and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side-impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact forceto the chest area of the driver and front pas-senger in certain side impact collisions. Thefront seat side-impact supplemental air bagsare designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.Supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsystem: This system can help cushion theimpact force to the head of occupants in frontand rear outboard seating positions in certainside impact collisions. The curtain side-impactair bags are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection

provided by the driver and passenger seatbelts and are not a substitute for them. Seatbelts should always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument panel anddoor finishers. (See “Seat belts” later in thissection for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, roll over, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

O The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective when

you are sitting well back and uprightin the seat. Front air bags inflate withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the supplemen-tal front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering wheel

or instrument panel. Always use theseat belts.

O The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The air bag system moni-tors the severity of a collision andthen inflates the air bags based onbelt usage. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

SSS0131


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

SSS0132 SSS0006

SSS0007


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustra-tions. Preteens and children shouldbe properly restrained in the rear seatif possible.

O Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental front airbags, side air bags or curtain side-impact air bags inflate if they are notproperly restrained. Preteens andchildren should be properly re-strained in the rear seat if possible.

O Also never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could se-riously injure or kill your child. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” later in this section.

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag:

O The supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag ordinarilywill not inflate in the event of a frontalimpact, rear impact, rollover or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

O The seat belts, the supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact airbag are most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat. The side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatback ofthe front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seat or rear outboard seats

to extend their hand out of the win-dow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previous illus-trations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously in-jured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

SSS0101 SSS0188 SSS0140


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0159 SSS0162


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags

3. Supplemental side air bag modules

4. Supplemental front air bag modules

5. Diagnosis sensor unit

6. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor

7. Satellite sensors

8. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bagmodules

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental air bag is located in

the center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe instrument panel above the glove box.These systems are designed to meet optionalcertification requirements under U.S. regula-tions. They are also permitted in Canada. Theoptional certification allows front air bags to bedesigned to inflate somewhat less forcefullythan previously. However, all of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity frontal

impact. They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper supplementalair bag operation.

The supplemental air bag system has dualstage inflators for both the driver and passen-ger air bags. The system monitors informationfrom the crash zone sensor, the diagnosissensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened, inflatoroperation is based on the severity of a collisionand whether the seat belts are being used.Only one front air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity and whetherthe front occupants are belted or unbelted.This does not indicate improper performanceof the system. If you have any questions aboutthe performance of your air bag system,please contact your INFINITI dealer.

When the supplemental front air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the front occu-

SSS0244


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

pants. They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or other inju-ries. Front air bags do not provide restraint tothe lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel ordashboard. The supplemental front air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst the air bag module during inflation.The air bag will deflate quickly after the colli-sion is over.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on the steer-ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steer-

ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the supple-mental front air bag inflates.

O Right after inflation, several air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the air bag or damage tothe air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the supplemental air bagsystem.

O Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel as-

sembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad, above the dash-board, or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

O Work around and on the supplemen-tal front air bag system should bedone by an INFINITI dealer. Installa-tion of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by an INFINITI dealer.The yellow and orange SupplementalRestrain System (SRS) wiring andconnectors should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the airbag system.

O A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect inflation of the supple-mental air bag system.

O The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental frontair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system

The supplemental side air bags are located inthe outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsare located in the side roof rails. These sys-tems are designed to meet voluntary guide-lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The supplemental side air bags and curtainside-impact air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity side collisions, although they

may inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher sever-ity side impact. They are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted. Theymay not inflate in certain side collisions. Ve-hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag and cur-tain side-impact air bag inflate, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking.Those with a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with the useof seat belts, help to cushion the impact forceon the chest of the front occupants. Curtainside-impact air bags help to cushion the im-pact force to the head of occupants in the frontand rear outboard seating positions. They canhelp save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Supplemental side air bags andcurtain side-impact air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as far

SSS0190


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

as practical away from the side air bag. Rearseat passengers should be seated as far awayas practical from the door finishers and sideroof rails. The side air bags and curtain side-impact air bag inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bag and curtain air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, these airbag modules during inflation. The side air bagand curtain air bag will deflate quickly after thecollision is over.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the side air baginflates.

O Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn your-self.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthis side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of theside air bag and curtain side-impactair bag or damage to the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag sys-tem.

O Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seat by placing ma-terial near the seatback or by install-

ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, around the side air bag.

O Work around and on the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag sys-tem should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an IN-FINITI dealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the sideair bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses are cov-ered with yellow insulation either justbefore the harness connectors orover the complete harness for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot bereused after activation. It must bereplaced together with the retractoras a unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the pre-tensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by your INFINITIdealer.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pre-tensioner seat belt system.This is to prevent accidental activa-tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt ordamage to the pre-tensioner seat beltoperation. Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the pretensioner

system should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by anINFINITI dealer. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the pre-tensioner seat belt system.

O If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, con-tact an INFINITI dealer. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalair bag systems. Working with the seat beltretractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when thevehicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, helping to restrain front seat occu-pants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are used inthe same way as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,

smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittentlyor will turn on for 7 seconds and remain onafter the ignition switch has been turned to theON or START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner seat belt may not function properly.They must be checked and repaired. Takeyour vehicle to the nearest authorized INFINITIdealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental air bagsystem are placed in the vehicle as shown inthe illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, monitorsthe circuits of the supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag systems, and pre-tensionerseat belt. The circuits monitored by the air bagwarning light are the diagnosis sensor unit,crash zone sensor, satellite sensors, front airbag modules, side air bag modules, curtainside-impact air bag modules, pre-tensionerseat belt and all related wiring.

After turning the ignition switch to the ON

SPA0945C SPA1097


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

position, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 secondsif the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bag sys-tems, and pre-tensioner seat belt need servic-ing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplemental frontair bags, supplemental side air bags, curtainside-impact air bags and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt may not operate properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to thenearest authorized INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplemen-

tal front air bag, supplemental side airbag, curtain air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to your-self or others, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags, curtain side-impact air bags andpre-tensioner seat belt are designed to inflateon a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, un-less it is damaged, the supplemental air bagwarning light will remain illuminated after infla-tion has occurred. Repair and replacement ofthese systems should be done only by anINFINITI dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags, sideair bags, curtain air bags, related parts andpre-tensioner seat belt should be pointed outto the person conducting the maintenance.The ignition switch should always be in theLOCK position when working under the hoodor inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once the supplemental front air bag,side air bag or curtain side-impact airbag has inflated, the air bag modulewill not function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, if any of thesupplemental front air bags inflate,the activated pre-tensioner seat beltsmust also be replaced. The air bagmodule and pre-tensioner seat beltsystem should be replaced by an IN-FINITI dealer. The air bag modulesand pre-tensioner seat belt systemcannot be repaired.

O The supplemental front air bag andside air bag, curtain side-impact airbag systems and pre-tensioner seatbelt system should be inspected byan INFINITI dealer if there is any dam-age to the front end or side portion ofthe vehicle.

O If you need to dispose of these supple-mental systems or scrap the vehicle,contact an authorized INFINITI dealer.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Correct disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser-vice Manual. Incorrect disposal pro-cedures could cause personal injury.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat, your chances of beinginjured or killed in an accident and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.INFINITI strongly encourages you and all ofyour passengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories requirethat seat belts be worn at all times when avehicle is being driven.

SEAT BELTS


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat and, ifappropriate, in a child restraint.

O The belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the

chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

O Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your backunder your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible around the hips, not thewaist. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

O Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its ef-fectiveness.

O Do not allow more than one person touse the same belt.

O Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indicatea malfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITIdealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with the

SSS0136


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

retractor. See your INFINITI dealer.

O Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system compo-nents should be done by an INFINITIdealer.

O All seat belt assemblies including re-tractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any colli-sion by your INFINITI dealer. INFINITIrecommends that all seat belt assem-blies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damage

and continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be in-spected and replaced if either dam-age or improper operation is noted.

O All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are dam-aged.

SSS0134 SSS0014


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants (up to about 1 year andless than 20 lb (9 kg) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Front facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infantsand small children. (See “Child restraints” laterin this section.)

In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

INFINITI recommends that all preteens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-

ger. See “Supplemental Restraint System”earlier in this section for precautions.

Infants and small children

INFINITI recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints that com-ply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards. You should choose a child restraint thatfits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraintsystems should be seated and restrained bythe seat belts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, the useof a booster seat (commercially available) mayhelp overcome this. The booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middleportion of the shoulder and the lap belt is lowon the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the face

SSS0016


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

and neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoareas while the vehicle is moving. Thechild could be seriously injured or killedin an accident or a sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist.Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact yourdoctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury. Checkwith your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internal inju-ries.

O For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly.

SSS0018 SSS0020


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this

section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle until itclicks. (For additional information regardingthe rear center seat belt, see “Setting cen-ter seat belt”.)

O The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion will permit the belt tomove, and allow you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

O If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its

fully retracted position, firmly pull thebelt and release it. Then smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger and rear seat belts have acinching mechanism for child restraint installa-tion. It is referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When the cinching mechanism is activated theseat belt cannot be withdrawn again until theseat belt tongue is detached from the buckle

SSS0102 SSS0061


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

and fully retracted. For additional information,see “Child restraints” later in this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not be acti-vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop. Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement using two separate methods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

You can check their operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly

forward. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this checkor if you have any questions about belt opera-tion, see your INFINITI dealer.

SSS0021


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best suited for you.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” earlierin this section.) To lower, pull the releasebutton, and then move the shoulder belt an-chor to the desired position, so that the beltpasses over the shoulder. Release the adjust-ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchorinto position.

To raise, move the adjuster up to the desiredposition while pulling the button.

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt down to make sure it issecurely fixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

REAR CENTER SEAT BELT

The rear center seat belt has a connectortongue j1 and a seat belt tongue j2 . Boththe connector tongue and the seat belt tonguemust be securely latched for proper seat beltoperation.

SPA0739 SSS0240


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

O Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue aresecured when using the seat belt. Donot use it with only the seat belttongue attached. This could result inserious personal injury in case of anaccident or a sudden stop.

Stowing rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rearcenter seat belt can be retracted into a stowedposition as follows:

1. Release the connector tongue j1 by insert-ing a suitable tool such as key into theconnector buckle jA .

2. Fold the connector as illustrated j2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base j3 in the ceiling.

WARNING



O If the rear center seat belt connector

SSS0241

SSS0249


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

and the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident orsudden stop.

Attaching rear center seat belt

Always be sure the rear center seat belt con-nector tongue and connector buckle are at-tached. Disconnect only when folding downthe rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base j1 in the ceiling.

2. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks j2 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the “.” and “m” mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belt” earlier in this section.

WARNING


SSS0250


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X


O If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident orsudden stop.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available. Theextender adds approximately 8 inches (200mm) of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position. Seeyour INFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex-tender is required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI belt extenders, made bythe same company which made theoriginal equipment belts, should beused with INFINITI belts.

O Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal in-jury in the event of an accident.

O Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then brush the webbing, wipe it with a clothand allow it to dry in the shade. Do not allowthe seat belts to retract until they are com-pletely dry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide ofthe seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guidewith a clean, dry cloth.

O Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire belt assemblyshould be replaced.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in the ve-hicle. Failure to use a child restraintcan result in serious injury or death.

O Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is not

possible for even the strongest adultto resist the forces of a severe acci-dent. The child could be crushed be-tween the adult and parts of the ve-hicle. Also, do not put the same seatbelt around both your child and your-self.

O Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill your child. A rear facingchild restraint must only be used inthe rear seat.

O INFINITI recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

O An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a three-pointtype seat belt. In addition, this vehicle isequipped with a universal child restraint loweranchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children) sys-tem. Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these lower anchors. For details,see “LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren) SYSTEM” later in this section.Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manufac-turers. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

O choose only a restraint with a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

SSS0099 SSS0269

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

O if the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child re-straint and check the various adjustmentsto be sure the child restraint is compatiblewith your child. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All US states and Canadian provinces re-quire that infants and small children berestrained in approved child restraints atall times while the vehicle is being oper-ated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraint canresult in increased injuries for boththe infant or child and other occu-pants in the vehicle.

O Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installationand use. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure to select one whichwill fit your child and vehicle. It may

not be possible to properly installsome types of child restraints in yourvehicle.

O If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but asupright as possible.

O After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child in it.Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. The childrestraint should not move more than1 inch (25 mm). If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the belt as necessary,or put the restraint in another seatand test it again.

O For a front facing child restraint,check to make sure the shoulder beltdoes not go in front of the child’s faceor neck. If it does, put the shoulderbelt behind the child restraint. If you

must install a front facing child re-straint in the front seat, see instruc-tions later in this section.

O When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep itsecured with a seat belt to prevent itfrom being thrown around in case ofa sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATOUTBOARD OR CENTERPOSITIONS

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-ing a child restraint.

O Failure to do so will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured.It could tip over or otherwise be un-secured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision. Front facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Itcan be placed in a front facing direction,depending on the size of the child. Adjustthe head restraint to its highest position orremove it if the child restraint uses a toptether strap. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0252 SSS0262


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0253 SSS0254 SSS0062


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward to makesure that it is securely held in place. Itshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the belt isin the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the size ofthe child. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

SSS0255 SSS0256


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.


SSS0257 SSS0046 SSS0258


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X




7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.


SSS0259 SSS0260


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHERS FOR CHILDREN)SYSTEM

WARNING

O Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. If a child restraint is not se-cured properly, your child could beseriously injured or killed in anaccident.

O Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using thechild restraint lower anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

O The LATCH system anchors are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. This systemis known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for Children) system. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint. Your vehicle is equippedwith special anchor points that are used withLATCH system compatible child restraints.Check your child restraint for a label statingthat it is compatible with the LATCH system.This information may also be in the childrestraint owner’s manual. If you have such a

child restraint, refer to the illustration for therear seating positions equipped with LATCHsystem anchors which can be used to securethe child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

Some child restraints may also require the useof a top tether strap. See “Top tether strapchild restraint” later in this section for installa-tion instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attachmentsin the rear seat, follow these steps.

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH systemanchors, such as seat belt webbing orseat cushion material. The child re-

SSS0245


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

straint will not be secured properly if theLATCH system anchors are obstructed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, adjust the height of the childrestraint LATCH system anchor attach-ments to the anchor points on the rear seat.

2. Insert the anchor attachments into the an-chor points. If the child restraint is equippedwith a top tether, see “Top tether strap childrestraint” later in this section for installationinstructions.

3. After attaching the child restraint and beforeplacing the child in it, use force to tilt thechild restraint from side to side and tug itforward to make sure that the child restraintis securely held in place. It should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm)

4. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

WARNING

O The child restraint anchor point isdesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stance is it to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses.

O After removing a rear seat head re-

straint for top tether installation,store it securely to prevent it fromcausing injury to passengers or dam-age to the vehicle in case of suddenbraking or an accident. Always re-place it and adjust properly when toptether is no longer in use.

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the anchor point providedbehind its position.

First, adjust the seatback so that it is upright.Then secure the child restraint with the rearseat belt or the LATCH system (outboardpositions), as applicable. Remove the anchorcover from the anchor point as illustrated.Keep the removed cover in a secure place toprevent loss or damage.

Remove the head restraint from the seatback.Store it in a secure place. Position the toptether strap over the top of the seatback andsecure it to the tether anchor bracket thatprovides the straightest installation. Tightenthe tether strap according to the manufactur-er’s instruction to remove any slack.

For best child restraint fit, see the child re-straint installation instructions in this section

SSS0246


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

and the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located on the ceiling abovethe luggage room.

If you have any questions when installing atop strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult your INFINITI dealer for details.

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear facing child re-straint could be struck by the supple-mental air bag in a crash and couldseriously injure or kill your child.

O INFINITI recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a frontfacing child restraint in the front pas-senger seat, move the passengerseat to the rearmost position.

O A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

O The three-point belt in your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-

SSS0300


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ing a child restraint.

O Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The childrestraint could tip over or otherwisebe unsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

Front facing

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed in afront facing direction only. Move the seatto the rearmost position. Adjust the headrestraint to its highest position. Always fol-low the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions. Child restraints for infantsmust be used in the rear facing directionand therefore must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

SSS0301 SSS0055


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X





7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

SSS0113 SSS0056 SSS0302


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X



Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel ....................................................... 2-2Meters and gauges ................................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer ................................ 2-4Tachometer .......................................................... 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge...................... 2-5Fuel gauge ........................................................... 2-5

Compass display....................................................... 2-6Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders........ 2-9

Checking bulbs..................................................... 2-9Warning lights....................................................... 2-9Indicator lights .................................................... 2-14Audible reminders .............................................. 2-15

Security systems ..................................................... 2-16Vehicle security system...................................... 2-16Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System..................... 2-17

Windshield wiper and washer switch ..................... 2-19Rear window wiper and washer switch ................. 2-19Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ...................................................................... 2-20Headlight and turn signal switch ............................ 2-20

Xenon headlights .............................................. 2-20Headlight switch ................................................ 2-21Daytime running light system (Canada only) .... 2-24Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-24

Turn signal switch .............................................. 2-25Fog light switch (if so equipped) ........................ 2-25

Hazard warning flasher switch................................ 2-25Horn......................................................................... 2-26Heated seats (if so equipped)................................. 2-26Snow mode switch .................................................. 2-27Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch............... 2-28Clock ....................................................................... 2-28

Adjusting the time............................................... 2-28Power outlet ............................................................ 2-29Cigarette lighter and ashtray................................... 2-30Storage.................................................................... 2-31

Sunglasses holder.............................................. 2-31Cup holders ........................................................ 2-31Glove box ........................................................... 2-32Console box ....................................................... 2-33Card holder......................................................... 2-34Cargo net (if so equipped) ................................. 2-34

Windows.................................................................. 2-35Power windows .................................................. 2-35

Sunroof (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-36Automatic sunroof .............................................. 2-36

Interior light ............................................................. 2-38Interior light......................................................... 2-38

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Map lights ........................................................... 2-38Rear personal light ............................................ 2-39

Vanity mirror light .................................................... 2-40HomeLink universal transceiver(if so equipped) ....................................................... 2-40

Programming HomeLink ................................... 2-41Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ........................................................... 2-42

Operating the HomeLink Universaltransceiver .......................................................... 2-42Programming trouble-diagnosis.......................... 2-42Clearing the programmed information................ 2-43Reprogramming a single HomeLink button...... 2-43If your vehicle is stolen ...................................... 2-43

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-32)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

(P.2-20)3. Trip odometer reset knob (P.2-4)

4. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-24)

5. Headlight aiming control switch (P.2-23)6. Trip odometer select knob (P.2-4)7. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-33)8. Security indicator light (P.2-18)9. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)10. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-19)

11. Cruise control main/set switch (P.5-16) orIntelligent cruise control switch (if soequipped) (P.5-18)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P.2-19)13. Ignition switch (P.5-8)/Ignition knob

(P.3-13)14. Center ventilator (P.4-16)15. Display, Climate and Audio control

switches/buttons (P.4-2)/Navigation sys-tem*

16. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-19)

17. Snow mode switch (P.2-27)18. Hood release handle (P.3-25)19. Fuse box (P.8-23)20. VDC OFF switch (P.2-28)21. Parking brake pedal/parking brake re-

lease pedal (P.5-15)22. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch (if

so equipped) (P.3-29)23. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (if so

equipped) (P.3-29)24. Telescopic steering wheel lock lever

(P.3-29)25. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-25)26. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

(P.2-26)27. Cassette player (P.4-26)28. Cigarette lighter and ashtray (P.2-30)

SIC2134

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

29. Automatic transmission selector lever(P.5-12)

30. Clock (P.2-28)31. Glove box (P.2-32)See the page indicated in parentheses foroperating details.*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Intelligent cruise control system display (ifso equipped)

6. Automatic transmission position indicator

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

8. Fuel gauge

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed(MPH and km/h).

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are displayedwhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

The odometer j1 records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer j2 records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the trip knob j3 changes the displayas follows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset knob j4 resets the tripodometer to zero.

Elapsed time, driving distance and averagespeed information is also available, refer to‘‘trip computer information’’ in the ‘‘Monitor,climate, audio and voice-activated control sys-tems’’ section later in this manual.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (r/min).

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

SIC2136

SIC1898


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature will vary withthe outside air temperature and driving condi-tions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possible. Ifthe engine is overheated, continued op-eration of the vehicle may seriouslydamage the engine. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section for immediate action re-quired.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move to theE (Empty) position when the ignition switch isturned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

SIC2137 SIC2138


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The low fuel warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thegauge reaches E. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips, the

lamp should turn off. If the lampremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by an IN-FINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)”later in this section.

When the COMPASS switch is in the ONposition, the compass display will indicate thedirection where the vehicle is heading.

N: north

E: east

S: south

W: west

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than five mph (8 km/h). You can alsocalibrate the compass by driving your vehicleon your everyday route. The compass will be

calibrated once it has tracked 3 completecircles.

SIC1901

COMPASS DISPLAY


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass read-ings. Follow these instructions to set the vari-ance for your particular location if this hap-pens:

1. Press the COMPASS switch for more than3 seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variance onenumber on the zone map.

3. Press the COMPASS switch until the newzone number appears in the display. Afteryou stop pressing the switch in, the displaywill show a compass direction within a fewseconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push the COM-PASS switch for 3 seconds, until the zoneselection comes up (a number will be dis-played in the mirror compass window).

2. Toggle until correct zone is found and re-lease switch.

3. The display will show all segments, andreturn to the normal compass mode withinSIC0611


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

10 seconds of no switch activity.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1thru 3. See map.

O If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjustment,have the compass checked at an INFINITIdealer.

O The compass may not indicate the correctcompass point in tunnels or while driving upor down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correct com-pass point when the vehicle moves to anarea where the geomagnetism is stabi-lized.)

CAUTION

O Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

O When cleaning the mirror, use a pa-per towel or similar material damp-ened with glass cleaner. Do not sprayglass cleaner directly on the mirror asit may cause the liquid cleaner to

enter the mirror housing.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

or Anti-lock brake warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system warn-ing light (Orange; if so equipped)

High beam indicator light (Blue)

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light (if soequipped)

Intelligent Cruise Control systemON/OFF switch indicator light (Green; ifso equipped)

AWD (All wheel drive) warning light(AWD models)

Low washer fluid warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system setswitch indicator light (if so equipped)

Preview Function warning light (Orange:if so equipped)

Seat belt warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Charge warning lightIntelligent Key warning light (if soequipped)

Snow mode indicator light

Door open warning lightAutomatic transmission position indica-tor light

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning lightCruise main switch indicator light(Green)

Vehicle dynamic control off indicatorlight

P position selecting warning light andchime (if so equipped)

Cruise set switch indicator light

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the ignitionswitch to ON without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights will come on:

, or , , , ,, ,

The following lights come on briefly and thengo off:

, or , , , ,, ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in the elec-trical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact your INFINITI dealer for repair.

Automatic transmission checkwarning light

When the ignition switch is turned ON, the lightcomes on for 2 seconds. If the light blinks forapproximately 8 seconds, it may indicate theautomatic transmission system is not function-ing properly. Have your INFINITI dealer checkand repair the transmission.

AWD (All wheel drive)warning light (AWD models)

The warning light comes on when theignition switch is turned to ON. It turns off soonafter the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolu-tion, or radius of the front and the rear wheelare different, the warning light will either re-main illuminated or blink. See “Using all wheeldrive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction inthe AWD system even if the drivingmode is in the AUTO or LOCK posi-tion. Reduce the vehicle speed andhave your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode.

O If the AWD warning light blinks onwhen you are driving:

• blinks rapidly (about twice a sec-ond):Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. The driving modewill change to 2WD to prevent theAWD system from malfunctioning.If the warning light turns off, youcan drive again.

• blinks slowly (about once every 2seconds):Pull off the road in a safe area, and

idle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.

If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.

Preview Function warninglight (Orange: if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunction inthe Brake Assist (with Preview Function) sys-tem.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

O Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as greater pedaltravel.

O If the brake fluid level is below theMIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir,do not drive until the brake systemhas been checked at an INFINITIdealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by an INFINITIdealer.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn the en-gine off and check the alternator belt. If the beltis loose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, see your INFINITI dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors arenot closed securely while the ignition switch isON.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop theengine immediately and call an INFINITIdealer or other authorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engineoil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Turn off the engine as soonas it is safe to do so.

P position selecting warninglight and chime (for IntelligentKey system) (if so equipped)

The light blinks in red and warning buzzerbeeps when the selector lever is not in the Pposition and you are out with the IntelligentKey.

When the warning light blinks, move the selec-tor lever to P position and return the ignitionknob to the LOCK position.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem warning light (Orange;if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunction inthe Intelligent Cruise Control system.

Low tire pressure warninglight (if so equipped)

After the ignition switch is turned ON, this lightcomes on for about 1 second and turns off.

This light warns of low tire pressure.

INFINITI’s low tire pressure warning system isa tire pressure monitoring system. It monitorstire pressure of all tires except the spare.When the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light is lit, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. You should stopand check your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure as indi-cated on the vehicle’s tire information placard.Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure.Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability. Each tire, includ-ing the spare, should be checked monthlywhen cold and set to the recommended infla-

tion pressure as specified in the vehicle plac-ard and Owner’s Manual.

The recommended inflation pressure may alsobe found on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure (lower than 26 psi, 180 kPa), the lightwill illuminate and the chime will sound forabout 10 seconds. If you select the tire pres-sure information in the display, the FLAT TIREwarning message will be displayed.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section and “Flat tire” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section.

Also, you can check the pressure of all 4 tireson the display screen. See “Tire pressureinformation” in the “4. Display screen, heater,air conditioner and audio systems” section.

WARNING

O If the light does not come on with thekey switch turned ON, have the ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer

as soon as possible.

O If the light comes on while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If thelight still comes on while driving afteradjusting the tire pressure, a tire maybe flat. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-sure warning system will not func-tion. Contact your INFINITI dealer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O The low tire pressure warning is not asubstitute for the regular tire pres-sure check. Be sure to check the tirepressure regularly.

O If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 20 MPH (32 km/h),the low tire pressure warning systemmay not operate correctly.

O Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer tank fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-sary. See “Window washer fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the igni-tion switch is turned to ON, and will remain

illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is fas-tened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seatbelt is securely fastened.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section for pre-cautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 secondsif the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bag sys-tems, and pre-tensioner seat belt need servic-ing and your vehicle must be taken to yournearest authorized INFINITI dealer.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemen-tal Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly. For addi-tional information, see “Supplemental restraintsystem” in the “1. Seats, restraints and supple-mental air bag systems” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplemen-tal front air bag, supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag sys-tems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by an IN-FINITI dealer as soon as possible.

Intelligent Key warning light(for Intelligent Key system) (ifso equipped)

This light comes on in green when it is possibleto turn the ignition knob.

When the light comes on in red, it is notpossible to turn the knob.

O The warning light blinks in red when the


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle withthe ignition knob in the ACC or ON position.Confirm the location of the key as soon aspossible when the warning light blinks inred.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with youwhile driving the vehicle.

O The warning light goes off about 10 sec-onds after the Intelligent Key is broughtinside the vehicle.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic transmissionposition indicator light

When the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the indicator in the tachometer showsthe automatic transmission selector lever po-sition. See “Driving with automatic transmis-sion” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (Green)

The light comes on when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the main switch is pushed again. Whenthe cruise main switch indicator light comeson, the cruise control system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight blinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate the cruise control system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checked byyour INFINITI dealer.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem ON/OFF switchindicator light (Green; if soequipped)

The light comes on when the ICC systemON/OFF switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the ON/OFF switch is pushed again.While the ON/OFF switch indicator light comeson, the ICC system is operational.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem. If the light blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the Intelligent CruiseControl system is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by your INFINITIdealer.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also comeon steady if the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that the ve-hicle has at least three gallons of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lamp shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come on inone of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel filler cap. Ifthe fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The lamp should turn off aftera few driving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer.You do not need to have your vehicle towedto the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control system.To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI

dealer. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC systemor the traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver to the fact that the roadsurface is slippery and the vehicle is nearingits traction limits.

Snow mode switch indicatorlight

When selecting SNOW mode while the engineis running, this light will illuminate. See “SNOWMODE SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle dynamic control offindicator light

The light comes on when the vehicle dynamiccontrol (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF.This indicates the VDC system and tractioncontrol system are not operating. When theVDC off indicator light and slip indicator lightcome on with the VDC system turned on, thislight alerts the driver to the fact that the VDCsystem’s fail-safe mode is operating, i.e. theVDC system may not be functioning properly.Have the system checked by your INFINITIdealer. If an abnormality occurs in the system,the VDC system function will be canceled butthe vehicle is still driveable. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle dynamic control(VDC) system” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s side door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch (ignition switch is turned off). Remove


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

the key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chime

The headlights will turn off when the front dooris opened with the light switch on unless theignition switch is in the ON position, or in thecase of a model with the Intelligent Key, whenthe ignition knob is not in the LOCK position.

When you turn the headlight switch ON againafter the lights automatically turn off and whenyou open the driver’s door, the lights will notturn off automatically and a chime will soundinstead. See the battery saver system under“Headlight switch” in this section for details.Make sure to turn the light switch off when youleave the vehicle.

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,it will make a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems, as follows:

O Vehicle Security System

O INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicleare disturbed.

How to activate the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors and the hood.

Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK buttonon the keyfob, the Intelligent Key or press-ing the front door handle request switch orturning the door key. When using the re-mote keyless entry, the hazard indicators

SIC2133 SIC2153

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

will operate as shown in “Remote keylessentry system” in the “3. Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator lightjA comes on. The SECURITY indicatorlight jA glows for about 30 seconds andthen blinks. The system is now activated. If,during this 30 second time period, the dooris unlocked by the key or the remote key-less entry, or the ignition key is turned toACC or ON, the system will not activate.

O Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will acti-vate with all doors and the hood lockedand ignition key off. Turn the ignitionkey to ACC to turn the system off.

Vehicle security system operation

The security system will give the followingalarm:

O The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

O The alarm automatically turns off after ap-proximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain. The alarm can be shut off by unlock-ing a door with the key, or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the electronic ignitionkey.

The alarm is activated by:

O Opening the door without using the key orremote keyless entry.

O Opening the back door without using thekey or remote keyless entry.

O Opening the hood.

How to stop alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking a doorwith the key, or by pressing the UNLOCKbutton on the keyfob or Intelligent Key. Thealarm will not stop if the ignition switch isturned to ACC or ON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key, itmay be due to interference caused by anotherINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key, anautomated toll road device or automated pay-

ment device on the key ring. Restart the en-gine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 sec-onds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the regis-tered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey on a separate key ring to avoid inter-ference from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem (CONT ASSY-BCM, ANT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC-TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCECOULD VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TOOPERATE THE EQUIPMENT.

Security indicator light jA

This light jA blinks whenever the ignition keyis removed for 5 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position (mechanical key)or the ignition switch is in the Lock position(intelligent key). This function indicates thesecurity systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.

If a non-registered key is in the ignition switch,the indicator light comes on.

If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, this light will remain on while theignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see your INFINITI dealerfor INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemservice as soon as possible. Please bringall electronic ignition keys that you havewhen visiting your INFINITI dealer for ser-vice.

SIC2153


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

j1 Intermittent — intermittent operation canbe adjusted by turning the knob toward jA

(Slower) or jB (Faster). Also, the intermit-tent operation speed varies in accordancewith the vehicle speed. (For example,when the vehicle speed is high, the inter-mittent operation speed will be faster.)

j2 Low — continuous low speed operation

j3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up j4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you j5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate sev-eral times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so-lution may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead toan accident. Warm the windshield withthe defroster before you wash the wind-shield.

CAUTION

The following could damage the washersystem:

O Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if the res-ervoir tank is empty.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF posi-tion to operate the wiper.

j1 Intermittent — intermittent operation (notadjustable)

j2 Low — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward j3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate sev-eral times.

SIC1958 SIC1959

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wipermay stop moving to protect its motor.If this occurs, turn the wiper switch toOFF and remove the snow etc. on andaround the wiper arms. After about 1minute, turn the switch ON again tooperate the wiper.

O Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if reservoirtank is empty.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so-lution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warmthe rear window glass with the defrosterbefore you wash.

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors, start the engine and push theswitch on j1 . The indicator light jA will comeon. Push the switch again to turn the defrosteroff.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at anINFINITI dealer.

O Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to an INFINITI dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

SIC2139

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off operation.It is generally desirable not to turn offthe headlights for short intervals (forexample, when the vehicle stops at atraffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon headlightsis not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will start blink-ing, or the color of the light will becomereddish. If one or more of the abovesigns appear, contact an INFINITI dealer. HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

j1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

j2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

SIC2047Type A

SIC1961Type B


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Autolight system (if so equipped)

The autolight system allows the headlights tobe set so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, , or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-lights automatically when it is dark, turn off theheadlights when it is light, and keep the head-lights on for up to 45 seconds after you turn theswitch to OFF and open any door then close allthe doors.

If the ignition switch is turned OFF and one ofthe doors is opened and this condition iscontinued, the headlights remain ON for fiveminutes.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor jA located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolamp; if it iscovered, the photo sensor reacts as if it isdark and the headlights will illuminate.

SIC2051 SIC2142


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Headlight beam select

j1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

j2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

j3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam.

Battery saver system

O When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off 5 minutes after the ignition switchhas been turned to the OFF position.

O When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn on for 5minutes when the headlight switch is turnedto the OFF position and then turn to the

or position.

CAUTION

O Be sure to turn the light switch to theOFF position when you leave the ve-hicle for extended periods of time,otherwise the battery will go dead.

O Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for ex-tended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Headlight aiming control (if soequipped)

Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlightaxis may be higher than desired. If the vehicleis traveling on a hilly road, the headlights maydirectly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicleahead or the windshield of the oncoming ve-hicle. The light axis can be lowered with theoperation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

SIC2048 SIC2141


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle, thedriver of these vehicles may have diffi-culty driving because of the brightness.Use the headlight aiming control switchto lower the light axis. See earlier in thissection for information on xenon head-lights.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTSYSTEM (CANADA ONLY)

The daytime running lights automatically illu-minate when the engine is started with theparking brake released. The daytime runninglights operate with the headlight switch in theOFF position or in the position.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lights donot illuminate. The daytime running lights illu-

minate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain on untilthe ignition switch is turned off.

The daytime running light may come on afterturning the key to the OFF position and imme-diately turning it to the ON position. This is nota malfunction.

The daytime running light will be turned offwhen the headlight switch is turned to theAUTO or position.

The daytime running light will remain on untilthe ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFFposition.

Turn the fog light switch to the position toturn the fog light ON when driving at night ifnecessary.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the or

position.

To adjust the brightness of instrument panellights, press the control switches located onthe left side of the meter panel. Pressing theupper switch jA will brighten the lights. Thelower switch jB dims the lights. Repeatedlypressing the lower switch will turn the lights off.

SIC2140


Z 04.3.30/S50-D/V5.0 X

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

j1 Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

j2 Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever upor down to the point where lights begin flash-ing.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the highbeam headlights are selected.

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency con-ditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of thehazard warning flasher switch while driv-ing.

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

SIC2049 SIC2054 SIC1447

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH


Z 04.3.30/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that your ve-hicle might become a hazard to othertraffic.

O Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push around the hornmarks of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious per-sonal injury.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.The switches located on the center consolecan be operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

O For low heat, press the (Low) sideof the switch.

O For high heat, press the (High)side of the switch.

O For no heat, the switch has a center OFFposition between low and high.

The indicator light in the switch will illumi-

SIC2143 SIC1966

HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

nate when low or high is selected.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnthe switch to the off position (center).

CAUTION

O The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

O Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,the seat may become overheated.

O Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

O If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by your INFINITI dealer.

For driving or starting the vehicle on snowyroads or slippery areas, turn on the SNOWmode switch and the SNOW indicator light onthe meter panel will illuminate. When the Snowmode is activated, engine output is controlledto avoid wheel spin.

SSD0351

SNOW MODE SWITCH


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) System on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine RPM will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to thefloor. If maximum engine power is needed tofree a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To cancel the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch to turn off the system. The

indicator will come ON.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the

engine to turn ON the system. See “Vehicledynamic control (VDC) system” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

To adjust the time, turn the adjusting knob.

SIC1881 SIC1882

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) OFF SWITCH

CLOCK


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O The outlet and plug may be hot dur-ing or immediately after use.

O This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

O Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

O Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

O Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, climate controlledseat, headlights or rear window de-froster is on.

O Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure to turn off the powerswitch of electrical accessory beingused or the ACC power of the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it will go. If

good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tempera-ture fuse may blow.

O When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact thesocket.

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

SIC2144Console

POWER OUTLET


Z 04.3.30/S50-D/V5.0 X

The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the lid jA to open.

Push the lighter jB in all the way. When thelighter is heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

Pull up the ashtray jC to remove it.

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is a powersource for the cigarette lighter elementonly. The use of the cigarette lightersocket as a power source for any otheraccessory is not recommended.

Do not use any other power outlet for anaccessory lighter.

SIC2145Rear

SIC2146Luggage room

SIC2147

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAY


Z 04.3.30/S50-D/V5.0 X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

The sunglasses holder can be opened bypushing the button.

WARNING

The sunglasses holder should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

O Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage theglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or your pas-senger.

O Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC1844

STORAGE


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front cup holder

To open, push jA the cup holder openerswitch.

To close, lower the cup holder lid and pushdown lightly.

Use the cup holder properly and according tothe size of the cups.

To clean the front cup holder, pull up the insidetray jB and remove it.

Rear cup holder

Push the cup holder opener switch to draw outthe rear cup holder.

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe master key, mechanical key or wallet key.

The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

SIC2148 SIC2149 SIC1888


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

To open the console box, pull up jA .

To use the trays, push jB and open thecovers.

Pull jC forward, then the lid covers slide to beused as armrests.

SIC2150


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CARD HOLDER

To use the card holder, slide your card jA inafter lowering the sun visor jB .

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to theretainers.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting.

O Be sure to secure hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in thenet must not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg) orthe net may not stay secured.

SIC2154 SIC2151


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before clos-ing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

O Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-

ingly activate switches or controlsand become trapped in a window.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position and for about 45seconds, after the ignition switch is turned tothe OFF position. If the driver’s door or thefront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is canceled.

To open or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it. The main switch(driver side switches) will open or close all thewindows.

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

SIC2180 SIC2152

WINDOWS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Automatic operation (For front doorwindows or for all doors’ windows)

To fully open or close the window, completelypress or lift the switch and release it; it neednot be held. The window will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the window,just press or lift the switch on the oppositeside.

Auto reverse function (For front doorwindows or for all doors’ windows)

If the control unit detects something caught ina window as it moves up, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen a window is closed by automatic opera-tion when the ignition switch is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the win-dow.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition switch isturned to the OFF position. If the driver’s dooror the front passenger’s door is opened duringthis period of about 45 seconds, power to thesunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To fully open or close the sunroof, press theswitch to the CLOSE or OPEN side for lessthan 1 second and release it; it need not be

SIC2181 SIC1854

SUNROOF (if so equipped)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

held. The roof will automatically open or closeall the way. To stop the roof, press the switchonce more while it is opening or closing.

To open or close the sunroof and stop on theway, press the switch to the CLOSE or OPENside. The roof will stop when releasing theswitch.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then press theUP side of the switch and release it; it need notbe held. To tilt down the sunroof, press theDOWN side.

Sun shade

Open or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

Auto reverse function (When closingor tilting down the sunroof)

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the sunroof is closed or tilted down byautomatic operation when the ignition key is inthe ON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the sunroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the sun-roof.

When closing:

If the control unit detects something caught inthe sunroof as it moves to the front, thesunroof will immediately open backward.

When tilting down:

If the control unit detects something caught inthe sunroof as it tilts down, the sunroof willimmediately tilt up.

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is clos-ing.

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the sunroof before open-ing.

O Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the sunroof does not close

If the sunroof does not close or open automati-cally, use the following procedure to returnsunroof operation to normal.

1. Press the switch to the CLOSE/UP side totilt up the sunroof.

2. Press and hold the switch to theCLOSE/UP side for approximately 3 sec-onds while the sunroof is tilted up.

3. Release the switch once, then press andhold the switch to the CLOSE/UP sideagain for approximately 10 seconds untilthe sunroof moves automatically.

4. The sunroof will automatically open andthen close all the way.

If you failed at procedure 3. repeat all theprocedures from No. 1.

If the sunroof still does not close, have yourINFINITI dealer check and repair the sunroof.

INTERIOR LIGHT

The interior light has a two-position switch.

When the switch is in the door position, thelight will illuminate when a door is opened.

The light will stay on for about 30 secondswhen:

O The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, akey, the power door lock switch or using theIntelligent Key system while all doors areclosed.

O The driver’s door is opened and then closed

while the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

O The key is removed from the ignition switchwhile all doors are closed.

The light will turn off while the 30 second timeris activated, when:

O The driver’s door is locked either with thekeyfob, a key, the power door lock switch orusing the Intelligent Key system.

O The ignition switch is turned ON.

MAP LIGHTS

When the switch is pushed in, the light will turnon. When the switch is pushed again, the lightwill turn off.

When the map light switch is in the ONposition, it will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, turn the ignition switch to theON position.

The map, personal, and vanity mirror lights willautomatically turn off 30 minutes after thelatest operation of the following with the igni-tion switch in the ACC or OFF position:

O Opening or closing any door

O Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, a key

SIC1857

INTERIOR LIGHT


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

or the power door lock switch.

O Inserting or removing a key from the ignitionswitch

These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

CAUTION

O Turn off the map, personal and vanitymirror lights when you leave the ve-hicle.

O Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

Ceiling light (if so equipped)

The ceiling light has a three-position switch.

When the switch is in the door position jB , thelight will illuminate when the door is opened.Same as the door position of the interior light.

When the personal light switch is in the ONposition jA , it will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position jC . To turn onthe light again, turn the ignition switch tothe ON position.

REAR PERSONAL LIGHT

The rear personal light has a three-positionswitch.

When the switch is in the door position, thelight will illuminate when the door is opened.

When the personal light switch is in the ONposition, it will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, turn the ignition switch to theON position.

SIC2179 SIC1858


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the vanity mirror light stays on, it willautomatically turn off 30 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the OFFposition. To turn on the light again, turn theignition switch to the ON position.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver powerwill automatically turn off 30 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the offposition.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink will retain all program-ming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink ” later in this section.

WARNING

O Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

O During programming, your garagedoor or gate may open or close. Makesure that people and objects are clearof the garage door or gate that youare programming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink Universal Transceiver.

SPA1292A

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT HomeLink UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

To program your HomeLink Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to use aladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLink buttons (to clear the memory)until the indicator light blinks slowly (after20 seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmit-ter 1-3 inches away from the HomeLinksurface.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold both the HomeLink button youwant to program and the hand-held trans-mitter button.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on the HomeLink flashes, changingfrom a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashingblink”. This could take up to 90 seconds.When the indicator light flashes rapidly,both buttons may be released. The rapidlyflashing light indicates successful program-ming. To activate the garage door or otherprogrammed device, press and hold the

SIC2071 SIC2072


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

programmed HomeLink button - releasingwhen the device begins to activate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkblinks rapidly for two seconds and thenturns solid, HomeLink has picked up a“rolling code” garage door opener signal.You will need to proceed with the next stepsto train the HomeLink to complete theprogramming which may require a ladderand another person for convenience.

6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn”program button located on the garage dooropener’s motor to activate the “trainingmode”. This button is usually located nearthe antenna wire that hangs down from themotor. If the wire originates from under alight lens, you will need to remove the lensto access the program button.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released theprogram button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, youhave 30 seconds in which to perform step7. Use the help of a second person forconvenience to assist when performingthis step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing andreleasing the garage door opener program

button, firmly press and release theHomeLink button you’ve just pro-grammed. Press and release theHomeLink button up to three times tocomplete the training.

8. Your HomeLink button should now beprogrammed. (To program the remainingHomeLink buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2-8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you want to“clear” all previously programmedHomeLink buttons).

If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLink buttons,please refer to the HomeLink web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-662-6200.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting af-ter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLink , continue to pressand hold the HomeLink button (note steps 2through 4 under “Programming HomeLink ”)while you press and re-press (“cycle”) yourhand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until

the indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener compo-nents.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver (onceprogrammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply press theappropriate programmed HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver button. The red indicator lightwill illuminate while the signal is being trans-mitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink surface.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O press and hold both the HomeLink andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface. Hold the transmitter inthat position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light in viewat all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this Owner’sManual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, howeverto clear all programming, press and hold thetwo outside buttons and release when theindicator light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLink sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly, re-lease both buttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLinkbutton that was just programmed. This proce-dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink . Consultthe Owner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys (except Intelligent Key) .................................... 3-2Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system (IVIS) keys ..... 3-2

Doors......................................................................... 3-3Locking with key (Driver’s door only) ................... 3-3Locking with inside lock knob............................... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch.................... 3-4Child safety rear door lock ................................... 3-5

Remote keyless entry system (models withoutIntelligent Key system).............................................. 3-5

How to use remote keyless entry system............ 3-5Battery replacement ............................................. 3-8

Intelligent Key system (if so equipped)..................... 3-9Door locks/unlocks precaution .......................... 3-11Intelligent Key operation..................................... 3-12Opening and closing windows............................ 3-13Operating the engine.......................................... 3-13Intelligent Key operating range ......................... 3-15Warning signals.................................................. 3-17Trouble-shooting guide....................................... 3-19Battery replacement ........................................... 3-20Operation with intelligent remote keyless entrysystem ................................................................ 3-21Operation with the mechanical key and valetkey ...................................................................... 3-24

Hood........................................................................ 3-25Back door ................................................................ 3-25

Auto closure ...................................................... 3-26Fuel filler lid ............................................................. 3-27

Open the filler lid ................................................ 3-27Fuel filler cap...................................................... 3-28

Tilting telescopic steering column .......................... 3-29Automatic operation ........................................... 3-29Manual operation................................................ 3-30

Sun visors ............................................................... 3-31Mirrors ..................................................................... 3-31

Inside mirror ....................................................... 3-31Automatic anti-glare inside mirror (if soequipped)............................................................ 3-32Outside mirrors................................................... 3-32

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ............ 3-33Memory storage function.................................... 3-33Entry/exit function .............................................. 3-35

Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle.If you lose your keys, see an INFINITI dealerfor duplicates by using the key number.

A key number is necessary when you have lost

all keys and do not have one to duplicate from.If you still have a key, your INFINITI dealer canduplicate it.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (IVIS) KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registered tothe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System com-ponents in your vehicle. These keys have atransponder chip in the key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

The valet key cannot be used for glove boxlock.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY —Master and Valet keys:If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys. Your INFINITIdealer can duplicate it. As many as 5 IVIS keyscan be used with one vehicle. You shouldbring all IVIS keys that you have to yourINFINITI dealer for registration. This is be-cause the registration process will erase thememory of all key codes previously registered

into the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.After the registration process, these compo-nents will only recognize keys coded into theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System (IVIS)during registration. Any key that is not given toyour dealer at the time of registration will nolonger be able to start your vehicle.

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with salt water. Thiscould affect system function.

SPA1420A

KEYS (except Intelligent Key)

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

O Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

O Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

If your vehicle is equipped with a IntelligentKey system, please refer to “Intelligent Keysystem” later in this section.

LOCKING WITH KEY (Driver’s dooronly)

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

O Turning the driver’s door key lock with themetal key (master key, mechanical key,valet key and wallet key) toward the front ofthe vehicle will lock all doors.

O Turning the driver’s door key one time tothe rear of the vehicle will unlock the corre-sponding door. From that position, return-ing the key to neutral (where the key canonly be removed and inserted.) and turning

it to the rear again within 5 seconds willunlock all doors. (including the back door)and fuel filler lid.

Opening and closing windows

The driver’s door key operation allows you toopen and close the front door windows simul-taneously.

O To open the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey to the rear of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is unlocked.

O To close the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey to the front of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is locked.

The door windows will open or close whileturning the driver’s door key. This function willoperate after the ignition switch is off and 45seconds have passed or till either of the frontdoors is opened.

SPA1442

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

To individually lock the doors, move the insidelock knob to the LOCK position, then close thedoor. To unlock, pull up the inside lock knob tothe UNLOCK position.

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

All door locks will be engaged when the powerdoor lock switch is moved to the LOCK posi-tion with the driver’s or front passenger’s dooropen. Then close the door and all doors will belocked.

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch (driver orfront passenger) is moved to the lock positionwith the key in the ignition and any door open,all doors will lock and unlock automatically.This helps to prevent the keys from being

accidentally locked inside the vehicle.

SPA1422 SPA1505B


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doors frombeing opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the LOCK position, therear door can be opened only from theoutside.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (includingthe back door) and fuel filler lid and activatethe panic alarm by using the keyfob fromoutside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance of ap-proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (Theeffective distance depends upon the condi-tions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the pur-chase and use of additional keyfob, contactyour INFINITI dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

O the battery is completely discharged,

O the distance between the vehicle and thekeyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrenceswill damage the keyfob.

O Do not allow the keyfob to becomewet.

O Do not drop the keyfob.

O Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

O Do not place the keyfob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfob fromunauthorized use to unlock the vehicle.For information regarding the erasingprocedure, please contact an INFINITIdealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the

SPA1618

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM (models withoutIntelligent Key system)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. Whenthe UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes once.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is not nec-essary, you can switch to hazard indicator onlymode by following the switching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed,neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper-ates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on thekeyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec-onds to switch from one mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator only mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

The hazard indicator and horn mode also canbe changed with vehicle electronic systems onthe monitor. See “4. Display screen, heater, airconditioner and audio systems”.

Locking doors and fuel filler lid

1. Remove the ignition key.*1,*2

2. Close all the doors.*3

3. Push the LOCK button on the keyfob.

4. All the doors and fuel filler lid will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or the

ignition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as a re-minder that the doors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is inthe ignition switch. However, the panicalarm will not activate when the key is inthe ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while the igni-

SPA1260


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

tion switch is in the ON position. However,the hazard indicator and horn will notfunction.

*3: Doors lock with the keyfob while any dooris open. However, the hazard indicatorand horn will not function.

Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid

1. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobonce.

O The driver’s door and fuel filler lid unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the igni-tion key in any position except the ONposition.

O The interior light turns on and the light timeractivates for 30 seconds when the switch isin the DOOR position with the ignition key inany position except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobagain within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute of pressing the UNLOCK but-ton.

O any door is opened

O the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the keyfob.

Opening the windows

Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3seconds. The door windows will be lowered.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button untilwindows are fully open.

To stop lowering the windows, release theUNLOCK button.

SPA1397


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

To start lowering the windows, press the UN-LOCK button again for more than 3 seconds.

The rear door windows will operate 0.5 sec-onds after the front windows’ operation. (if soequipped)

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call atten-tion as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfob forlonger than 0.5 seconds with the keyremoved from the ignition key cylinder.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK or the UNLOCK button ispressed, or

O The PANIC button is pushed on the keyfobfor longer than 0.5 seconds.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva-lent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three timesto check its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O The keyfob is water-resistant; however,if it gets wet, immediately wipe it com-pletely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliance

SPA1374


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

could void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.

The Intelligent Key uses coded radio signals tocommunicate with the vehicle. When the Intel-ligent Key is near the vehicle, such as in yourpocket or purse, it allows the vehicle to belocked, unlocked, or started without insertingthe ignition key. It is also possible to use theremote control entry function.

CAUTION

O Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you.

O Do not leave the vehicle with theIntelligent Key inside.

O The Intelligent Key may not functioncorrectly depending on the environmentor operating conditions. It could alsomalfunction if you do not use it cor-rectly.

O The Intelligent Key transmits faint radiowaves.

In the following situations, the Intelli-gent Key and remote control entry func-tions may not operate correctly, and youmay have to use the metal key (mechani-cal key, valet key or wallet key):

• when there are strong signals comingfrom a television tower, power stationor broadcasting station.

• when you have wireless equipment ora cellular phone with you.

• when the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by a metallic material.

• when radio wave-type remote controlentry is used nearby.

• when the Intelligent Key is placednear an electric appliance such as apersonal computer.

O The Intelligent Key continually con-sumes battery power as the key receivesa signal to communicate with the ve-hicle. Battery life is about 2 years, al-though it varies depending on the oper-ating conditions. When the battery of theIntelligent Key is low, the green blinkingkey warning light goes out about 30seconds after the ignition knob is turnedto ON. If the battery runs down, replaceit with a new one.

O If the Intelligent Key receives strongsignal over an extended period of time,the battery could quickly run down. Donot place the Intelligent Key near anelectric appliance such as a television

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

set or personal computer.

jA Intelligent Key 2 setsjB Mechanical key (metal key) 2 setsjC Valet key (metal key) 1 setjD Wallet key and key case (card type)

(metal key) 1 setjE Key number plate 1 set

WARNING

O The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves that can adversely affect medi-cal electric equipment.

O If you have a pacemaker, you shouldcontact the medical equipment manu-facturer to ask if it will be affected bythe Intelligent Key signal.

The valet key cannot be used for the glove boxlock.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet key only.

Record the key number on the key numberplate/metal tag and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), NOT IN THE VEHICLE.A key number plate is supplied with your key.Keep the plate in a safe place. INFINITI doesnot record key numbers so it is very importantto keep track of your key number plate.

As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used withone vehicle. For information concerning thepurchase and use of additional remote control-lers, contact your INFINITI dealer.

If the indicator light j1 does not come on after

SPA1625


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

pushing the Intelligent Key lock or unlockbutton, the battery may be run down or mal-functioning. Contact your INFINITI dealer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key functionscan become cancelled.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when driving. The Intelligent Key isa precision device with a built-in trans-mitter. To avoid damaging it, please notethe following.

O The Intelligent Key is water resistant,wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

O Do not bend, drop or strike it againstanother object.

O Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

O Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

O Do not use a magnet key holder.

O Do not place the Intelligent Key nearan electric appliance such as a tele-vision set or personal computer.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key from unau-thorized use to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing pro-cedure, please contact an INFINITIdealer.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

O After locking with the door handle requestswitch, make sure the doors are securelylocked.

O To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle, make sure you carrythe key with you and then lock the doors.

O You can lock or unlock the doors using onlythe door handle, which detects the Intelli-gent Key.

O It is not possible to lock the doors with thelock knob when the driver’s door is open,the ignition knob is pushed in or the metalkey is in the ignition knob.

O When you try to unlock the door whilepulling the door handle, the door may notunlock. In this case, release the doorhandle and the door will unlock. Pull thedoor handle again and the door will open.

O The outside beep, which indicates the lockand unlock functions, can be canceled withthe LOCK/UNLOCK button o the IntelligentKey and the vehicle electronic system onthe monitor. See “4. Display screen, heater,air conditioner and audio systems”.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or purse.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing thedoor handle request switch jA or back doorhandle request switch jB within the range ofoperation.

Locking doors

1. Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK positionand remove the ignition key if any metal keyis in the ignition knob.*1, *2


3. Push any front door or the back door handlerequest switch while carrying the IntelligentKey with you.*4

4. All the doors, back door and fuel filler lid willlock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and doorbuzzer sounds twice.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while amechanical key or valet key is in theignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the Intelligent Key whilethe ignition switch is not in the LOCKposition.

*3: Doors do not lock with the door handlerequest switch or the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key while any door is open. Abeep sounds to warn you. However, doorslock with the metal key even if any door isopen.

*4: Doors do not lock with door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle and a beep sounds to warn you.However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked withanother Intelligent Key.

SPA1626 SPA1627


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Unlocking doors

1. Push the door handle request switch once.

Driver’s side:

O The driver door and fuel filler lid unlock.

Front passenger side or back door:

O Only corresponding door unlocks.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and doorbuzzer sounds once if all doors are com-pletely closed with the ignition key in anyposition except the ON position.

3. Push the door handle request switch againwithin 5 seconds.

O All doors and the fuel filler lid unlock.

O The hazard indicator flashes once and doorbuzzer sounds once if all doors are com-pletely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically afterpressing the unlocking button unless one ofthe following operations is performed within 1minute.

O any door is opened

O the ignition knob is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition knob

The interior light, ceiling light (if so equipped)and step light can be turned off without waitingfor 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch tothe ON position or by locking the doors.

OPENING AND CLOSINGWINDOWS

O To open the windows, push the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key for about 3seconds or turn the driver’s door key lockwith the metal key to the rear of the vehiclefor about 2 seconds after the door isunlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton or turn the key to the neutral posi-tion.

O To close the windows turn the driver’s doorkey lock to the front of the vehicle for about2 seconds after the door is locked.

To stop closing, turn the key to the neutralposition.

The door windows will open or close whileturning the metal key. This function will oper-ate after the ignition switch is off and 45seconds have passed or till either of the frontdoors is opened.

OPERATING THE ENGINE

Ignition knob positions

Push in the ignition knob in the jB range whenyou turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position) jA :

The ignition knob can only be locked in the jA

position.

The ignition knob will be unlocked when it ispushed in, and turned to the ACC position jD

while carrying the Intelligent Key.

SPA1628


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ACC (Accessories) jD :

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position) jE :

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

START jF :

This position starts the engine. As soon as theengine has started, release the knob immedi-ately. It will automatically return to the ONposition.

For important safety information, see “Ignitionknob” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

The ignition knob cannot be turned back to theLOCK position unless the shift lever is in Pposition. (It can be turned to only jC )

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionknob in ACC or ON positions when theengine is not running for an extendedperiod. This can discharge the battery.

Starting the engine

When driving the vehicle, be sure to carry theIntelligent Key with you.

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Slowly push the ignition knob in.When the Intelligent Key warning light ja inthe instrument panel comes on in green,the ignition knob can be turned.

3. Turn the ignition knob to START and theengine will be started.

4. When the engine starts, release the ignitionknob.

WARNING

Do not start the engine from outside the

SPA1629


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

vehicle through the window. Doing socould lead to an accident and injury. Besure to sit in the driver’s seat to use thekey.

For important safety information, see “Startingthe engine” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion.

O When the ignition knob is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the key warning light inthe instrument panel comes on in red. It isnot possible to turn the ignition knob when:

• you do not have the Intelligent Key withyou

• the Intelligent Key battery has run down

• you have a Intelligent Key for anothervehicle with you

O Slowly turn the ignition knob after the keywarning light comes on in green. If it isturned quickly, it may stick and be difficult toturn.

O The engine may not start if the IntelligentKey is placed:

• inside the glove box or the door pocket

• on the instrument panel

• in the corner of interior compartment.

O If it is difficult to turn the ignition knob,perform the following:

• Push the ignition knob again and slowlyturn it.

• Turn the ignition knob while gently turn-ing the steering wheel to the left or right.

Stopping the engine

1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.

2. Turn the ignition knob to ACC.

WARNING

When you leave the vehicle, be sure toobserve the following:

O Shift the selector lever to P. (In otherpositions, the ignition knob will notreturn to LOCK.)

O Securely return the ignition knob toLOCK.

O Set the parking brake. Failure to doso could result in unexpected vehicle

movement and could lead to severeinjury.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can be used onlywhen you carry the key with you and operateas specified in the operating range inside oroutside the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery runs down orwhere there are strong radio waves or noise,the operating range may be narrower or thekey may be inoperative.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating range of the door lock/unlock function

The outside sensors are in the outside mirrorsand the back door.

The operating range of the door lock/unlockfunction is shown in the illustration.

Front door:

j1 39.4 in (1 m) from the outside mirror

j2 15.75 in (40 cm) from the door handle

Back door:

j3 31.5 in (80 cm) from the door handle

O If you are too close to the door glass, theIntelligent Key may not operate.

O If the Intelligent Key is in the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who doesnot carry the Intelligent Key to lock/unlockthe doors by pushing the door handle re-quest switch.

Operating range for engine startfunction

The operating range for starting the engine isinside the vehicle.

O If the Intelligent Key is on the instrumentpanel, inside the glove box or door pocket,or the corner of interior compartment, it maynot be possible to start the engine.

O If the Intelligent Key is near the door or doorglass outside the vehicle, it may be possibleto start the engine.

SPA1764

SPA1652


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from moving un-expectedly by erroneous operation of the In-telligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen, chime or beep sounds inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning light comeson in the instrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warninglight comes on, be sure to check the vehicleand Intelligent Key.

Alarm and warning when locking thedoors

When the front door warning chime or beepsounds, check for the following:

O The ignition knob is turned to LOCK.

O The Intelligent Key is not left inside thevehicle.

O Doors are closed securely.

O The selector lever is in the P position.

The door beep sounds for about 2 seconds.

Alarm and warning when the enginestops

When the P position selecting warning light jbin the instrument panel blinks in red:

O Make sure the selector lever is in the Pposition.

When the chime sounds intermittently:

O Make sure the selector lever is in the Pposition and the ignition knob is turned toLOCK.

If the chime sounds continuously when thedriver’s door is opened, check the following:

O The selector lever is in the P position andthe ignition knob is turned to LOCK.

O The mechanical key or the valet key is notinserted into the ignition knob.

O The inside warning chime may stop whenone of the following is performed.

• Returning the ignition knob to LOCK.

• Removing the mechanical key or thevalet key.

• Closing the doors.

Alarm and warning when the enginestarts

When the key warning light ja is blinking inred and the outside buzzer sounds, make surethe Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

The buzzer will stop 3 seconds after the Intel-ligent Key is returned to the vehicle.

Warning for low battery power

O This warning is to let you know that thebattery of the Intelligent Key will run downsoon. Replace it with a new one.

• The green blinking key warning light jagoes out about 30 seconds after theignition knob is turned to ON.

SPA1630


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O We recommend replacing the battery atyour INFINITI dealer.

Preventing the Intelligent Key frombeing left in the vehicle

If you lock all doors using the power door lockswitch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle, allof the doors unlock immediately and the beepsounds to warn you when the door is closed.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the door handle re-quest switch

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 2 seconds

The doors cannot be locked.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and push the door handle re-quest switch.Turn the ignition knob to LOCK andpush the door handle request switchcarrying the Intelligent Key with you.Close all doors securely and push thedoor handle request switch carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.

When closing the doors

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 10 seconds

The ignition knob is not turned toLOCK position.

Turn the ignition knob to LOCK.

The key warning light in the instru-ment panel blinks in red and the frontdoor warning beep sounds for ap-proximately 3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is taken out fromthe vehicle.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you.

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 3 seconds and all doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is left in the ve-hicle.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and close the door.

When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuouslyThe ignition knob is not in LOCK posi-tion, or the mechanical key or valetkey is inserted into the ignition knob.

Turn the ignition knob to LOCK.Remove the mechanical key or valetkey form the ignition knob.

When stopping the engine

The P position warning light in the in-strument panel blinks in red.

The selector lever is not in the P posi-tion.

Make sure that the selector lever is inthe P position.

The warning chime soundsThe ignition knob is not turned toLOCK.

Turn the ignition knob to LOCK.

When starting the engineThe key warning light in the instru-ment panel blinks in green.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery to new one. See“BATTERY REPLACEMENT” on page3-20.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Trouble-shooting examples

When it is difficult to turn the ignition knob

O Push the ignition knob again and turn itslowly.

O While gently turning the steering wheel tothe left or right, turn the ignition knob.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swal-low the battery and removed parts.


1. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver jA wrappedwith a cloth into the slit jB of the cornerand twist it to separate the upper part fromthe lower part.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.

O Do not touch the internal circuit and electricterminals as it could cause a malfunction.

Recommended battery: CR2032 or equiva-lent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom of the case.


4. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.


SPA1631 SPA1655


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X




O When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the Intelligent Key.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class Bdigital device pursuant to part 15 of theFCC Rules ( j1 : the certification number).These limits are designed to provide rea-sonable protection against harmful inter-ference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will not oc-cur in a particular installation. If this equip-ment does cause haumful interference toradio or television reception, which can bedetermined by turning the equipment off

and on, the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more ofthe following measures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver

— Connect the equipment into an outlet ona circuit different from that to which thereceiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENTREMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel fillerlid, activate the panic alarm and open thewindows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli-gent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey can operate at a distance of approxi-mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (Theeffective distance depends upon the condi-tions around the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used withone vehicle. For information concerning thepurchase and use of additional Intelligent Key,contact your INFINITI dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the IntelligentKey will not operate when:

O the Intelligent Key is too far away from thevehicle

O the Intelligent Key battery runs down

After locking with the remote control entryfunction, pull the door handle to make sure thedoors are securely locked.

The operating range varies depending on theenvironment. To securely operate the lock andunlock buttons, approach the vehicle to about1 m (3 ft) from the door.

The panic alarm will not activate when themechanical key or the valet key is in theignition knob.

How to use remote keyless entrysystem

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode:

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

The hazard indicator and horn mode also


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

can be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. Whenthe UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes once.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is not nec-essary, you can switch to hazard indicator onlymode by following the switching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed,neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper-ates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on thekeyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec-onds to switch from one mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator only mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

Locking doors and fuel filler lid:

1. Remove the mechanical key or the valetkey if any key is in the ignition knob.*1


3. Push the LOCK button jA on the IntelligentKey.

4. All the doors (including back door) and fuelfiller lid will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key is pushedeven though the ignition knob is in the ONposition.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as a re-minder that the doors are already locked.

SPA1260


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Key whilethe mechanical key or the valet key is inthe ignition knob or the ignition knob ispushed in.

*2: Doors do not lock with the Intelligent Keywhile any door is open.

Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid:

1. Push the UNLOCK button jB on the Intel-ligent Key once.

O The driver’s door and fuel filler lid unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the igni-

tion knob in any position except the ONposition.

O The interior light turns on and the light timeractivates for 30 seconds when the switch isin the DOOR position with the ignition knobin any position except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock.

O Back door unlocks.

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute of pressing the UNLOCK but-ton.

O any door is open

O the ignition knob is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition knob

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the Intelligent Key.

Opening the windows:

See “Opening and closing windows” on theprevious page.

Using the panic alarm:

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call atten-tion as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button jC on the Intelli-gent Key for longer than 0.5 seconds withthe metal key removed from the ignition keycylinder or the ignition knob pushed in.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 25 seconds, or

O The LOCK or the UNLOCK button ispressed, or

O The PANIC button is pushed on the Intelli-gent Key for longer than 0.5 seconds.

SPA1653


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPERATION WITH THEMECHANICAL KEY AND VALETKEY

If the Intelligent Key cannot be used becauseits battery is discharged, use the metal key tolock or unlock the doors and use the mechani-cal key or the valet key, which is registered tothe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System com-ponents, to start the engine.

Removing the mechanical key

O Release the lock knob at the back of theintelligent key and remove the mechanicalkey.

O To install the mechanical key to the intelli-gent key, securely lock the lock knob andthen check that the mechanical key will notmove.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withthe mechanical key installed in it.

Locking/unlocking the doors with themetal key (mechanical key, valetkey and wallet key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by insertingthe metal key into the key cylinder in thedriver’s door in the same way as the ordinarykey.

Starting the engine with themechanical key

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Insert the mechanical key or the valet keyinto the ignition knob.

3. Turn the ignition knob to START and startthe engine.

4. After starting the engine, release the knob.

When the engine is off, the steering wheel lockcannot be unlocked.

For important safety information, see the “5.Starting and driving” section.

Windows open/close with themechanical key

See “Opening and closing windows” on theprevious page.

SPA1654 SPA1632


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, lower it slowly andmake sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

O If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

O The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors including the backdoor simultaneously.

O Push the opener switch and pull the openerhandle to open the back door.

WARNING

Do not drive with the back door open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle. See“Precautions when starting and driving”

SPA1268 SPA1619

HOOD BACK DOOR


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionfor exhaust gas.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the back door is pulled down to a partly openposition, the back door will pull itself to theclosed position.

Do not apply excessive force when the autoclosure is operating. Excessive force ap-plied may cause the mechanism to mal-function.

CAUTION

O The back door will automaticallyclose from a partly open position. Toavoid pinching, keep hands and fin-gers away from back door opening.

O Do not let children operate the backdoor.

Back door release lever

If the back door cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a discharged battery,follow the these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the back doorwith a suitable tool.

2. Move the lever as illustrated to open thedoor.

Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible for repair.

WARNING

O Always check to be sure the backdoor has been closed securely toprevent it from opening while driving.

O Do not drive with the back door open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.

SPA1620


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPEN THE FILLER LID

To open the fuel filler lid, unlock it using one ofthe following operations, then push the left-hand side of the lid.

O Press the unlock button on the keyfob orIntelligent Key twice.

O Press the driver’s door handle requestswitch once.

O Insert the metal key into the door lockcylinder and turn the door key clockwisetwice.

O Press the power door lock switch to theunlock side.

To lock, close the fuel filler lid and lock thedoors.

SPA1621

FUEL FILLER LID


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tightenthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Put the fuel filler cap jA on the cap holderwhile refueling.

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-

ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refuel-ing.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap a third of a turn, and wait for anyhissing sound to stop to prevent fuelfrom spraying out and possible per-sonal injury. Then remove the cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank

after the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically.Continued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel spray andpossibly a fire.

O Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the malfunc-tion indicator lamp to come on.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

O Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:— Always place the container on the

ground when filling.

SPA1622


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

— Do not use electronic deviceswhile filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the car body, flushit away with water to avoid paint dam-age.

O Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler capproperly may cause the mal-function indicator lamp (MIL) to illu-minate. If the lamp illuminatesbecause the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by an au-

thorized INFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls”section.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

Tilt operation

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheel upor down to the desired position.

SPA1623

TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERINGCOLUMN


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Jump up operation

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel jump up automati-cally. This lets the driver get into and out of theseat more easily.

Telescopic operation

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheelforward or backward to the desired position.

MANUAL OPERATION

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

Tilt operation

Push the lever jA to adjust the steering wheelup or down to the desired position jC .

Telescopic operation

Push the lever jB to adjust the steering wheelforward or backward to the desired positionjD .

SPA1633


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Store the main sun visor after storingthe extension sun visor and sub-sunvisor.

O Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor.

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side.

3. Draw out the extension sun visor to blockfrom farther glare.

INSIDE MIRROR

The night position will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clar-ity.

SPA1592

PD1006M

SUN VISORS MIRRORS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)

WARNING

Use Automatic Anti-glare only whennecessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

The inside mirror is designed so that it auto-matically changes reflection according to theintensity of the headlights of the vehicle follow-ing you.

When the inside MIRROR switch is in the ONposition (The Auto indicator light will illumi-nate), excessive glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you will be reduced. Whenthe switch of the inside mirror is in the OFFposition, the inside mirror will operate nor-mally.

For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver andthe compass display, see the description in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder to properly judgedistances to other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when the

SPA1448 SPA1449


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Move the switch to right or left to select theright or left outside mirror, then adjust.

Foldable outside mirrors

Fold the outside mirrors by pushing themtowards the rear of the vehicle.

The automatic drive positioner system has twofeatures:

O Memory storage function

O Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn, and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory. Followthese procedures to use the memory system.

MPA0008

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER(if so equipped)


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Apply the parking brake, and set the selec-tor lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering columnand outside mirrors to the desired positionsby manually operating each adjustingswitch. For additional information, see“seats” in the “Safety — Seats, seat beltsand supplemental air bags” section and“Steering wheel” and “Outside mirrors” ear-lier in this section.During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for atleast 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.After the indicator light goes off, the selectedpositions are stored in the selected memory (1or 2).

If a new memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be deleted.

Linking a keyfob or Intelligent Key toa stored memory position

A keyfob or Intelligent Key can be linked to astored memory position with the following pro-cedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memory po-sition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5 sec-onds, press the button on the keyfobor Intelligent Key. The indicator light willblink. After the indicator light goes off, thekeyfob or Intelligent Key is linked to thatmemory setting.

With the key removed from the ignition switch,press the button on the keyfob or Intelli-

gent Key. The driver’s seat, steering wheeland outside mirrors will move to the memo-rized position.

Confirming memory storage

O Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indica-tor light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the memory will be canceled. Insuch a case, reset the desired positionsusing the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door more thantwo times with the ignition key in the LOCKposition.

2. Reset the desired position using the previ-ous procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the selector lever to the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for atleast 1 second.

SPA1624


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

The driver’s seat, steering column and outsidemirrors will move to the memorized positionwith the indicator light flashing, and then thelight will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat, steering column and door mirrors willautomatically move when the automatic trans-mission selector lever is in the P (Park) posi-tion. This allows the driver to get into and out ofthe driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up:

O When the driver’s door is opened afterremoving the key from the ignition switch orthe ignition knob (if so equipped), or return-ing the ignition knob to lock position.

O When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC to LOCKor returning the ignition knob to lock posi-tion with the driver’s door open.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will returnto the previous position:

O When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch or the ignition knob (if so equipped)is pushed in after closing the door.

O When the driver’s door is closed with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key or the ignition knob is turnedfrom ACC to ON with the driver’s dooropen.

The entry/exit feature can be adjusted or can-celed. See “Vehicle electronic systems” in the“4. Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section of this manual.

System operation

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushed whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat is turned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

O when the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been already moved tothe memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

The automatic drive positioner system can beadjusted and canceled. See “Automatic seatslide in getting off” and “Lift steering columnwhen exiting vehicle” in the “4. Display screen,heater, air conditioner and audio systems”section.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

4 Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems

Safety note ................................................................ 4-2Control panel buttons — without navigationsystem ....................................................................... 4-2

Name of components ........................................... 4-3How to use joystick and “ENTER” button ............ 4-3How to use “PREV” button................................... 4-3How to use “DISP” brightness control button ...... 4-3“DAY/NIGHT” button ............................................ 4-3How to use “SETTING” button............................. 4-3How to use “MAINT” (maintenance) button ......... 4-5How to use “TRIP” button .................................... 4-6How to use “FUEL ECON” button........................ 4-6How to use “E/M” button ...................................... 4-7Outside air temperature ....................................... 4-7

Control panel buttons — with navigation system ..... 4-7Name of components ........................................... 4-8How to use joystick and “ENTER” button ............ 4-8How to use “PREV” button................................... 4-8Setting up start-up screen.................................... 4-8How to use “SETTING” button............................. 4-9“DAY/NIGHT” button .......................................... 4-12How to use the “TRIP” button ............................ 4-12

Rearview monitor (if so equipped) .......................... 4-15How to read the displayed lines......................... 4-15

Adjusting the screen........................................... 4-16Operating tips ..................................................... 4-16

Ventilators ............................................................... 4-16Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ................... 4-18

Automatic operation ........................................... 4-19Manual operation................................................ 4-20Operating tips ..................................................... 4-20In-cabin microfilter (if so equipped).................... 4-21

Servicing air conditioner.......................................... 4-21Audio system........................................................... 4-22

FM radio reception ............................................. 4-22AM radio reception ............................................. 4-23Satellite radio reception...................................... 4-23Audio operation precautions .............................. 4-23FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player andcompact disc (CD) changer................................ 4-26CD care and cleaning ........................................ 4-32Steering switch for audio control (if soequipped)............................................................ 4-33

INFINITI mobile entertainment system (MES) (if soequipped) ................................................................ 4-34

Digital video disc (DVD) player controls ............ 4-35Remote control ................................................... 4-35Remote control holder ........................................ 4-36

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Flip-down screen ................................................ 4-36Playing a digital video disc................................. 4-37Care and maintenance....................................... 4-40

How to handle the DVD .......................................... 4-41Antenna .............................................................. 4-43

Car phone or CB radio ........................................... 4-43

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls and display con-trols should not be done while driv-ing, so that full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

O Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electrical shock.

O Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result in anaccident, fire or electric shock.

O In case you notice any foreign ob-jects in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using the systemimmediately and contact your nearestINFINITI dealer. Ignoring such condi-tions may lead to an accident, fire, orelectric shock.

SAA0715

SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. Byselecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

NAME OF COMPONENTS

1. “DISP” brightness control button; refer tothe right column.

2. “DAY/NIGHT” brightness control button; re-fer to page 4-3.

3. “PREV” previous button; refer to page 4-3.

4. “SETTING” button; refer to page 4-3.

5. “MAINT” maintenance button; refer to page4-5.

6. Joystick and “ENTER” push button; refer topage 4-3.

7. “TRIP” drive computer button; refer to page4-6.

8. “FUEL ECON” button; refer to page 4-6.

9. “TRIP RESET” button; refer to page 4-6.

10.“E/M” button; refer to page 4-7.

To turn off the screen, push the “DAY/NIGHT”button for more than approximately 1.5 sec-onds. The screen will change to “CONFIRMDISPLAY OFF YES or NO”.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using thejoystick. Push the “ENTER” button only whenthe use of it is instructed on the display.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON

Finish setup:

If you touch “PREV” button after the setup iscompleted, the setup will start over.

HOW TO USE “DISP”BRIGHTNESS CONTROL BUTTON

The display brightness control operates whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ON posi-tion. To brighten the display, push the “+” side

of the button. To darken the display, push the“−” side of the button.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

To change the display brightness, push the“DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing the buttonagain will change the display to DAY or NIGHTdisplay. Then, adjust the brightness pushingthe brightness control button.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or ifthe “PREV” button is pushed, the display willreturn to the previous display.

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTON

Pushing the “SETTING” button will change thesettings menu as follows:

j1 DISPLAY ON/OFF

j2 LANGUAGE

j3 BEEP SET

j4 SERVICE ALERT

j5 PERSONALIZED SETTINGS MENU

Display ON/OFF

To turn off the screen, select the OFF key ofthe “Display ON/OFF” using the joystick.

The screen will change to “CONFIRM DIS-PLAY OFF YES or NO”.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

If YES key is selected using the joystick, thescreen will turn off after 2 beep sound andapproximately 1 second.

To turn on the screen, push any button ofCONTROL PANEL, air conditioner (exceptrear window defroster button) or audio button.

LanguageThe language can be changed to “English” or“Francais” using the joystick.

Beep setIf the beep set “OFF” key is selected using thejoystick, the beep sound will not operate. (ex-cept some caution beep sounds)

Service alertIf the service alert “ON” key is selected, theinformation will be displayed when the engineoil and the tire rotation reaches the presetdriving distance.

Personalized setting menuYou can set the electronic systems as followsusing the joystick.

Slide back DR seat when on exit (if soequipped):The driver’s seat automatically moves backand returns to the original position for excep-tional ease of exit and entry.

Lift steering column on exit (if soequipped):

The steering column automatically tilts up andreturns to the original position for exceptionalease of entry and exit.

Remote unlock door logic:

This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1stunlocking operation as follows:

Only the driver side door ←→ All the doors

Horn chirp with remote*:

This key changes the horn chirp mode occur-ring when pressing the LOCK button on thekeyfob.

Lamps flash with remote*:

This key changes the hazard indicator flashmode occurring when pressing the LOCK orUNLOCK button on the keyfob.

* If you change the horn chirp or the lampflash with the keyfob or the IntelligentKey, the mode may not be changed withthe display. Use the keyfob or the Intelli-gent Key to return the mode.

Auto re-lock time:

The length of auto door re-lock time can beset. Select the “Auto Re-Lock time ” key, then

move the joystick to adjust the time.

Auto headlamp sensitivity(if so equipped):

Automatic light illumination can be set as de-sired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights ” key, then move the joystick to the left(lower) or right (higher).

Auto headlamp off delay (if so equipped):

You can control how long it takes the auto-matic turn off timer to extinguish the headlightsin AUTO position.

Select the “Automatic Headlamp Off Delay ”key, then move the joystick to the left or right toadjust the timer.

Speed sensing wiper interval:

This key turns on and off the driving speeddependent intermittent wiper function.

Confirm reset settings:

To display the “Confirm Reset Settings”, pushthe “Reset All Settings” key.

When this key is selected and turned on usingthe “ENTER” button, all settings made byPERSONALIZED SETTINGS will return to theinitial conditions.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “MAINT”(Maintenance) BUTTON

Pushing the “MAINT” button will change themaintenance menu as follows:

ENGINE OIL → TIRE ROTATION → TIREPRESSURE (if so equipped)

To reset the driving distance, push the“MAINT” button or “TRIP RESET” button formore than approximately 1.5 seconds.

To set the distance, push the joystick to left orright.

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being measured.After a few driving trips, the pressure for eachtire will be displayed randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayed onthe screen does not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theheat caused by the vehicle’s traveling condi-tion and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message (FLAT

TIRE or CHECK ALL TIRE) is displayed on thescreen:

FLAT TIRE — very low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the pressure of that tire willnot be indicated and not be monitoredby the low tire pressure warning system.Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or sys-tem resetting.SAA0726 SAA0727


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the follow-ing modes will display on the screen.

TRIP 1 (TIME, DIST, AVG) → TRIP 2 (TIME,DIST, AVG) → OFF

You can set the two kinds of journey time(TIME — max 99 hours 59 minutes), tripodometer (DIST — mile or km) and averagespeed (AVG — MPH or km/h).

To reset the TRIP 1 or TRIP 2, push the “TRIP”button or the “TRIP RESET” button for morethan approximately 1.5 seconds.

HOW TO USE “FUEL ECON”BUTTON

The average fuel consumption (MPG or L/100km) and the distance to empty (dte — MI orkm) will appear on the screen when the “FUELECON” button is pushed.

Average fuel consumption(Mpg or L/100 km)

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pressing the “TRIPRESET” or “FUEL ECON” button for more thanapproximately 1.5 seconds.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 30 seconds and 1/3 miles (500m) after a reset or connecting battery cable,the display will show (----).

Distance to empty (dte — mile orkm)

The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance that canbe driven before refueling. The dte is con-stantly being calculated, based on the amountof fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuelconsumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to (*).

NOTE:

O If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, the dis-play just before the ignition switch isturned OFF may continue to be dis-played.

O When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

SAA0724 SAA0725


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “E/M” BUTTON

You can change the unit as follows using the“E/M” (English/Metric) button.

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

The outside air temperature is displayed in °For °C.

It may differ from the actual outside air tem-perature due to the sensor location.

SAA0712

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. Byselecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

NAME OF COMPONENTS

1., 2., 3., 7. and 8For Navigation system control buttons;refer to the separate Navigation Owner’sManual.

4. Joystick and “ENTER” push button; refer topage 4-8.

5. “DAY/NIGHT” brightness control button; re-fer to page 4-12.

6. “SETTING” button; refer to page 4-9.

9. “PREV” previous button; refer to page 4-8.

10.“TRIP” drive computer button; refer to page4-12.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using thejoystick and push the “ENTER” button foroperation.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON

This has two functions.

O Go back to the previous display (cancel).

If you touch “PREV” button during setup, thesetup will be canceled and/or the display willreturn to the previous screen.

O Finish setup.

If you touch this button after the setup iscompleted, the setup will start over, and thedisplay will return to the climate control orAudio mode, and Navigation screen.

SETTING UP START-UP SCREEN

When you turn the ignition switch to ACC, theSYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed onthe screen. Read the warning and select the“I AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Francais)key then push the “ENTER” button.

If you do not push the “ENTER” button, thissystem will not proceed to the next step dis-play.

If you do not touch the button or screen key formore than 1 minute on the TRIP, SETTING orSTART-UP screen, the screen will change toTRIP screen automatically.

To proceed to the next step, refer to theseparate Navigation system Owner’s Manual.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

For models with navigation system:

*1 — Please refer to the separate Navigationsystem Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTON

The SETTING screen will appear when the“SETTING” button is pushed.

“DISPLAY” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen pushing the “SETTING” button, selecting“Display” key and pushing the “ENTER” but-ton.

Brightness/Contrast/Map Background:

To adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen, select the “Brightness/contrast” keyand push the “ENTER” button. Then you canadjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter, thecontrast to Lower or Higher using the joystick.

The Map Background is for models with navi-gation system. Please refer to the separate

navigation system Owner’s Manual.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and “Dis-play Off” key. The indicator of the“Display Off” will turn on to amber. When anymode button is pushed with the screen off, thescreen turns on for further operation. Thescreen will turn off automatically 5 secondsafter the operation is finished on the mapdisplay in the Audio, HVAC (Heater and airconditioner), SETTING or VEHICLE INFO.modes.

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and “Dis-play Off” key, then set the screen to on bypushing the “ENTER” button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater andair conditioner) key to be displayed at thebottom, by using the joystick. The audio orHVAC (heater, air conditioner) setting condi-tion will normally appear on the screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button or “PREV” button.

SAA0701 SAA0702


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle electronic systems

You can only get this menu if the ignitionswitch is ON. If the ignition switch or ignitionknob is set to ACC, you will not get this menuto come up.

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMSscreen will appear when selecting the “VehicleElectronic Systems ” key with the joystick andpushing the “ENTER” button.

You can set the various electronic systemsoperating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select the appli-

cable item using the joystick, and push the“ENTER” button.

The indicator light alternately turns on and offeach time the “ENTER” button is pressed.

Indicator light is illuminated. — ONIndicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle(if so equipped):

The driver’s seat automatically moves backand returns to the original position for excep-tional ease of exit and entry.

Lift steering column when exiting vehicle(if so equipped):

The steering column automatically tilts up andreturns to the original position for exceptionalease of entry and exit.

Selective door unlock (if Intelligent Key isequipped)/Remote unlock driver’s doorfirst:

This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1stunlocking operation as follows:

ON (Only the driver side door) ←→ OFF (Allthe doors)

SAA0703 SAA0704 SAA0792


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ON (Only the request switch pressed door)←→ OFF (All the doors)

Keyless remote response — Horn*:

This key changes the horn chirp mode occur-ring when pressing the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key or keyfob.

Keyless remote response — Lights*:

* If you change the horn chirp or the lampflash with the keyfob or the IntelligentKey, the mode may not be changed withthe display. Use the keyfob or the Intelli-gent Key to return the mode.

This key changes the hazard indicator flashmode occurring when pressing the LOCK orUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or key-fob.

Auto re-lock time:

The length of auto door re-lock time can beset. Select the “Auto Re-Lock time ” key, thenmove the joystick and push the ENTER buttonto adjust the time.

Sensitivity of automatic headlights (if soequipped):

Automatic light illumination can be set as de-sired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-

lights ” key, then move the joystick to the left(lower) or right (higher).

Automatic headlights off delay (if soequipped):

You can control how long it takes the auto-matic turn off timer to extinguish the headlightsin AUTO position.

Select the “Automatic Headlights Off Delay ”key, then move the joystick to the left or right toadjust the timer.

Speed dependent wiper:

This key turns on and off the driving speeddependent intermittent wiper function.

Intelligent Key lock response — Sound(if so equipped):

The sound pattern of the Intelligent requestswitch operation can be set as desired. Selectthe “Intelligent Key lock response —Sound ” key, then push the ENTER button tochange the sound pattern.

Intelligent Key unlock response — Sound(if so equipped):

The beep sounds when unlocking door withthe Intelligent request switch can be turned onor off.

Return all settings to default:

When this key is selected and turned on usingthe “ENTER” button, all settings made byVEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS will returnto the initial conditions.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

System settings

Language/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit” key andpushing the “ENTER” button.

Language: English or French

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

You can select the language and unit using thejoystick and “ENTER” button.

Beep setting:

When Beep setting is on (indicator light on), abeep will sound if the any audio button ispushed.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

To change the display brightness, push the“DAY/NIGHT” button. Pushing the buttonagain will change the display to DAY or NIGHTdisplay. Then, adjust the brightness movingthe joystick right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or ifthe “PREV” button is pushed, the display willreturn to the previous display.

HOW TO USE THE “TRIP”BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the follow-ing models will display on the screen.

Warning message (if there are any) → TRIP 1(Elapsed Time, Driving Distance, AverageSpeed) → TRIP 2 (Elapsed Time, DrivingDistance, Average Speed) → FUELECONOMY (Average Fuel Economy, Distanceto Empty) → MAINTENANCE (Engine Oil, TheRotation and Tire Pressure — if so equipped)→ OFF.

Trip 1, trip 2 and fuel economyitems

To reset the TRIP 1, TRIP 2 and FUELECONOMY, select the “RESET” key using thejoystick and push the “ENTER” button or pushthe “TRIP” button for more than approximately1.5 seconds.

SAA0707 SAA0696


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Maintenance items

You can set the engine oil and the tire rotationinterval.

And the tire pressure will appear on the screen(if the tire pressure system is equipped).

To display the setting of the maintenanceinterval, select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Rota-tion” key using the joystick and push the“ENTER” button.

To set the maintenance interval, select the“Maintenance Schedule” key by using the joy-stick and move the joystick to right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, select the“RESET” key using the joystick and push the“ENTER” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA-TION, automatically when setting trip distanceis reached, select the “Display MaintenanceNotification” key and push the “ENTER” but-ton.

SAA0728 SAA0828 SAA0698


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being measured.After a few driving trips, the pressure for eachtire will be displayed randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayed onthe screen does not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theheat caused by the vehicle’s traveling condi-tion and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message is

displayed on the screen:

FLAT TIRE — low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the pressure of that tire willnot be indicated and not be monitoredby the low tire pressure warning system.Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or sys-tem resetting.

SAA0699 SAA0700


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When the selector lever is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor display showsview to the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION

O The rearview camera is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute forproper backing and should not beused for lane changes. Always turnand check that it is safe to do sobefore backing up or changing lanes.Always back up slowly.

O The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will not de-tect small objects below the bumperand may not detect objects close tothe bumper or on the ground.

O Objects viewed in the rearview moni-tor differ from actual distance becausea wide-angle lens is used. Objects inthe rearview monitor will appear visu-ally opposite than when viewed in therearview and outside mirrors.

O Make sure that the trunk is securelyclosed when backing up.

O Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled beside the license plate light.

O When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

O Do not strike the camera. It is a pre-cision instrument. Otherwise, it maymalfunction or cause damage result-ing in a fire or an electric shock.

O Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-ner to clean the camera. This willcause discoloration.

O There is a plastic cover over the cam-era. Do not scratch the cover whencleaning dirt or snow from the cover.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance anddistances to objects with reference to thebumper line are displayed on the monitor.

They are indicated as reference distances toobjects. Displayed lines indicate distances 1.5feet (red), 3 feet (yellow), 7 feet (green) and 10feet (green) [0.5 m (red), 1 m (yellow), 2 m(green) and 3 m (green)] from the lower part ofthe bumper line.

The vehicle clearance lines are wider thanthe actual clearance.

SAA0666

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

To adjust the quality of the screen, refer toHOW TO USE THE “SETTING” BUTTON inthis section.

O When it is difficult to see in the rearwarddirection due to shady conditions, press the“ENTER” button to make objects in themonitor brighter.

O To change the brightness, press the “EN-TER” button again, turn the key switch OFFor shift the reverse and wait for 10 seconds.

OPERATING TIPS

O When the selector lever is shifted to R, thedisplay screen automatically changes to therear view monitor mode. However, the radiocan be heard.

O It may take some time for the rear viewmonitor to display after the selector leverhas been shifted to R. Objects may bedistorted momentarily. When the selectorlever is returned to a position other than R,it may take some time for the screen tochange. Objects on the screen may bedistorted until they are completely dis-played.

O When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly display

objects. This is not a malfunction.

O When strong light directly enters the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly.

O Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

O The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

O The colors of objects on the rear viewmonitor may differ somewhat from those ofthe actual object.

O When the contrast of objects is low at night,pushing the “ENTER” button may notchange the brightness.

O Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night.

O If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,the rear view monitor may not clearly dis-play objects. Clean the camera.

O To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.

O Do not use body wax on the camera win-dow. Wipe off the wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent diluted withwater.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

jA :This symbol indicates that the vents areclosed when the vent switch is moved tothe left.

jB :This symbol indicates that the vents areopen when the vent switch is moved to theright.

SAA0708

VENTILATORS


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

SAA0709


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Temperature control button (driver only, ordriver and passenger)

2. “AUTO” climate control ON button

3. “ ” air fresh button

4. “ ” front defroster button

5. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

6. Fan speed control button

7. “MODE” manual air flow control button

8. Temperature control button (passengerside)

9. “OFF” button for climate control system

10. “ ” air recirculation button

11. “ ” rear window defroster button; re-fer to the “2. Instrument and controls”section.

12. “DUAL ” passenger side temperature con-trol ON/OFF button

SAA0710

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine is run-ning.

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or pos-sibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

O Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

O Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls should not be donewhile driving, so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)

This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow distribu-tion and fan speed are also controlled auto-matically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Push the temperature set button to set thedesired temperature.

O Adjust the temperature to about 75°F(24°C) for normal operation.

O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button. When theDUAL button is pushed or passenger sidetemperature control button is turned, theDUAL indicator will come on. To turn off thepassenger side temperature control, pushthe DUAL button.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the A/C button. (A/C OFF will bedisplayed and A/C indicator will turn off.)

2. Turn the temperature set button to set thedesired temperature.

O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

O Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.

O Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

1. Push the FRONT defroster button on.(The indicator light on the button will comeon.)

2. Push the temperature set button to set thedesired temperature.

O To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, push the fan speed controlbutton m and set to the maximum position.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the AUTO button to return tothe auto mode.

O When the front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on at outside temperaturesabove 23°F (−5°C) to defog the windshield,and the air recirculate mode will automati-cally be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging per-formance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button to manuallycontrol the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the air recirculation button to recir-culate interior air inside the vehicle. The indi-cator light on the button will come on.

The air recirculation button cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode .

Fresh air

Push the button to draw outside air intothe passenger compartment. The indicatorlight on the button will come on.

Automatic intake air control

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually controlthe intake air, push the air recirculate orfresh air button. To return to the auto-matic control mode, push the indicator-illuminated button for about 2 seconds. Theindicator lights (both air recirculate and freshair buttons) will flash twice, and then the intakeair will be controlled automatically.

Air flow control

Pushing the MODE manual air flow controlbutton selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors.

: Air flows from center and side ventila-tors and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot out-lets.

To turn the system off

Push the OFF button.

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. However, this is nota malfunction. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, the air flow from the foot outlets willoperate normally.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The sensor on the instrument panel helpsmaintain a constant temperature; do not putanything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if soequipped)

The air conditioning system is equipped withan in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pol-len, dust, etc. To make sure the air conditionerheats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, re-place the filter in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in this manual. To replace thefilter, contact your INFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flow

decreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or airconditioning system.

The air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle is charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind. This refrigerantwill not harm the earth’s ozone layer. How-ever, special charging equipment and lubri-cants are required when servicing yourINFINITI air conditioner. Using improper refrig-erants or lubricants will cause severe damageto your air conditioning system. See “Capaci-ties and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the“9. Technical and consumer information” sec-tion for air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations.

Your INFINITI dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air conditioningsystem.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with proper equip-ment.

SAA0642

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe power on switch to turn on the radio. If youlisten to the radio with the engine not running,the key should be turned to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance radioreception. These circuits are designed to ex-tend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteris-tics of FM, AM and satellite radio signals thatcan affect radio reception quality in a movingvehicle, even when the finest equipment isused. These characteristics are completelynormal in a given reception area, and do notindicate any malfunction in your radio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not theideal place to listen to a radio. Because of themovement, reception conditions will constantly

change. Buildings, terrain, signal distance andinterference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described below aresome of the factors that can affect your radioreception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may some-times interfere with FM station reception evenif the FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related tothe distance between the transmitter and re-ceiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path,exhibiting many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away

SAA0306

AUDIO SYSTEM


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

from a station transmitter, the signals will tendto fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antennaposition, usually in conjunction with increaseddistance from the station transmitter, static orflutter can be heard. This can be reduced byadjusting the treble control counterclockwiseto reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along theground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent back toearth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference as theytravel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for sev-eral seconds during ionospheric turbulenceeven in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

power lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION

You must have a contract with a satellite radioprovider to receive satellite radio program-ming.

When the satellite radio is first installed or thebattery has been replaced, the satellite radiomay not work properly. This is not a malfunc-tion. Wait more than 10 minutes with satelliteradio ON for satellite radio to receive all of thenecessary data.

Satellite radio performance may be effected ifcargo carried on the roof rack blocks thesatellite radio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the satelliteradio antenna.

AUDIO OPERATIONPRECAUTIONS

Cassette player

O To maintain good quality sound,INFINITI recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length.

O Cassette tapes should be removed fromthe player when not in use. Store cas-

settes in their protective cases and awayfrom direct sunlight, heat, dust, mois-ture and magnetic sources.

O Direct sunlight can cause the cassette tobecome deformed. The use of deformedcassettes may cause the cassette to jamin the player.

O Do not use cassettes with labels whichare peeling and loose. If used, the labelcould jam in the player.

O If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassette hubsand rewind the tape firmly around thehubs. Loose tape may cause tape jam-ming and wavering sound quality.

O Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller may col-lect a tape coating residue as the tape isplayed. This residue accumulation cancause weak or wavering sound, andshould be removed periodically with ahead cleaning tape. If the residue is notremoved periodically, the player mayneed to be disassembled for cleaning.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Compact Disc (CD) player

O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

O During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CD anddehumidify or ventilate the player com-pletely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment temperatureis extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

O The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

• Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunction.

• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

SAA0480


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACKCHANGE button

2. RADIO TUNE/FFzREW button

3. CD LOAD button

4. FM-AM band select button

5. CD/REAR AV play button

6. TAPE play button

7. “SAT” satellite band select button — if soequipped

8. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play select button

9. CD EJECT button

10. PROG (program)/RPT (repeat) play but-ton

11. A.B.C. preset select button

12. “PAUSE/MUTE” button

13. ONzOFF/VOLUME control knob

14. CD slot

15. TAPE EJECT button

16. Tuning up/down knob and AUDIO (BASS,TREBLE, FADE, and BALANCE, SSVand NR (Dolby)) knob

SAA0711


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITHCASSETTE PLAYER ANDCOMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER

Audio main operation

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction of highfrequency ranges. Noise is also greatly re-duced by the combined use of the Dolby NR(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudnesscircuit enhances the low frequency range au-tomatically in both radio reception and tapeand CD playback.

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON, andthen push the ONzOFF/Volume control knobwhile the system is off to call up the mode(radio, tape or CD) which was playing imme-diately before the system was turned off.When no CD or tape is loaded, the radio willcome on. While the system is on, pushing theONzOFF/Volume control knob turns the sys-tem off.

To turn the radio off, press the Power/Volumecontrol knob.

Turn the ONzOFF/Volume control knob to ad-just the volume.

This vehicle has Speed Sensitive control

Volume (SSV) for audio . The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO knob (BASS, TREBLE, FADE,BALANCE, (SSV and NR (Dolby))):

Press the AUDIO knob to change the selectingmode as follows.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV → NR (when cassette playing)

To adjust BASS, Treble, Fader and Balance,press the AUDIO knob until the desired modeBASS, TREBLE, FADE or BALANCE appearsin the display. Turn the Tuning knob to adjustBass and Treble to the desired level. Use theTuning knob also to adjust Fader or Balancemodes. Fader adjusts the sound level betweenthe front and rear speakers and Balance ad-justs the sound between the right and leftspeakers.

To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW, MIDor HIGH, turn the Tuning knob to right or left.

To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF orON, turn the Tuning knob to right or left whilecassette tape is playing. When Dolby is ON,the display indicates the mark.

Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li-cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor-poration. Dolby NR and the double-D symbol

“ ” are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

After 10 seconds, the radio, cassette tape orCD display reappears. Once the sound qualityis set to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio, cassette tapeor CD display appears.

Display CD text:

To indicate the CD mode text, push the AUDIOknob during CD playing.

Track title → Disc title → BASS → TREBLE →FADE → BALANCE → SSV → Display mode

To change the indicated text in display mode,turn the tuning knob within 10 seconds.

The text will change as follows:

Display satellite radio text:

To indicate the satellite mode text, push theAUDIO knob during satellite radio play.

Artist → Title → BASS → TREBLE → FADE →BALANCE → SSV → Display mode

To change the indicated text in display mode,turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Pause/mute button:

To mute or pause the audio sound, push thePAUSE/MUTE button.

To release the mute or pause, push the buttonagain.

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

or SAT FM/AM/SAT bandselect:

Pushing the FM/AM or SAT band select buttonwill change the band as follows:

AM ↔ FM or SAT (Satellite)

When FM/AM/SAT band select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If you have not separately contracted for sat-ellite radio, “NO SAT” will be shown on thedisplay.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM/SAT band select button is turned to

ON, the compact disc or tape will automaticallybe turned off and the last radio station playedwill come on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio will automaticallychange from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

To tune the radio, push the RADIO TUNEbutton ( or ) or turn the Tuning knobto right or left.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either of theRADIO TUNE buttons down for more than 1.5seconds.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

Push the SEEK button or for lessthan 1.5 seconds, to tune from high to low or

low to high frequencies and stops at the nextbroadcasting station.

Push the or SEEK button for morethan 1.5 seconds to tune from low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing the buttonagain during this 5 seconds period will stopSCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned tothat station.

If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

Station memory operations:

Eighteen (18) stations can be set for the FM,AM and SAT band to the A, B and C presetbutton.

1. Choose preset channel A, B or C using thepreset select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push and hold any of the desired stationmemory buttons (1 to 6) until a beep soundis heard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come onand the sound will resume. Memorizing isnow complete.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be erased. Inthat case, reset the desired stations.

Radio data system (RDS):

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is adata information service transmitted by someradio stations on the FM band (not AM band)and/or SATELLITE band encoded within aregular radio broadcast. Currently, most RDSstations are in large cities, but many stationsare now considering broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

O Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

O Station name, such as “The Groove”.

O Music or programming type such as “Clas-sical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

O Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, theRDS icon is displayed.

Program type (PTY) (Category(CAT)):

When PROG/RPT button is pressed for morethan 1.5 seconds during FM (SAT) mode, thePTY (CAT) name of the current tuned station isdisplayed. During this time if the PTY (CAT)data code is zero, or the data is unreadable;the display will show NONE.

1. PTY (CAT) selection mode

PTY (CAT) name selection can be done bythe up/down TUNE button or inthe PTY (CAT) selection mode.

It is possible to shift the PTY (CAT) name byone step, with one push of the up/down tuningbutton or .

PTY name selection can also be achieved bypressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY names are stored in the presetbuttons; but these can be changed by pressingthe preset buttons for less than 1.5 secondswhen the desired PTY name is in the display.

2. PTY SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY name, push theSEEK button or for less than0.5 seconds within 10 seconds. Tuning tothe PTY station will start. If you do not pushthe SEEK button within the 10 secondperiod, the PTY mode will be canceled.

Push the SEEK button for more than 1.5seconds to tune the PTY name station, andstop at each broadcasting station for 5


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

seconds. Pushing the button again duringthis 5 second period will stop SCAN tuningand the radio will remain tuned to thatstation. If the SEEK button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next station.

Cassette tape player operation

Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON, andthen lightly insert the cassette tape into thetape door. The cassette tape will be automati-cally pulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) and thecassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause player

damage.

If the system is turned off by pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob with the cassettetape still in the player, the tape will resumeplaying when the system is turned back on.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, thesystem will come on and the tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed witheither the radio or compact disc turned onand the tape loaded, the compact disc orthe radio will automatically be turned offand the tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed with theTAPE playing, the tape will play the pro-gram recorded on the reverse side.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the

(rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the display window. Tostop the FF or REW function, press the

SAA0713


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

(fast forward) or (rewind) again, orthe TAPE button.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the tape is beingplayed, the next program will start to play fromthe beginning. Push the (APS FF) buttonseveral times to skip through programs. Thetape will advance the number of times thebutton is pushed (up to nine programs).

When the (APS REW) button is pushedfor less than 1.5 seconds once, the programbeing played starts over from the beginning.Push the (APS REW) button severaltimes to skip back several selections. The tapewill go back the number of times the button ispushed. Either the FF or REW symbol flasheson the display window while searching for theselection.

When pushing the (APS FF) or(APS REW) button for more than 1.5

seconds, each program will play for about 10seconds. To stop playing, push the but-ton again.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no interval

between programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button is pushedwhile the tape is played, pattern can bechanged as follows:

Metal or chrome tape usage:The cassette player will be automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will be turned off.

Compact disc (CD) changeroperation

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the compact disc into theslot with the label side facing up. The compactdisc will be guided automatically into the slot

and start playing. To insert the disc, first pushthe LOAD button.After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the compact disc willplay.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading slot by pushing the CD insert selectbutton (1 to 6), then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push theLOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

PLAY:

When the CD/REAR AV button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded in the CDchanger, the CD changer or the rear INFINITImobile entertainment system (if so equipped)will start to play.

Pushing the CD/REAR AV button changesoperations alternately as follows:

CD → DVD → CD

When the CD/REAR AV button is pushed withthe CD loaded with another audio sourceplaying, the other source will automatically beturned off and

O the CD will start to play if the last play wasa CD.

O the DVD will start to play if the last play wasa DVD.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

The following functions are available only forCD changer, not available for family entertain-ment system.

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the compact disc isbeing played, the compact disc will play whilefast forwarding or rewinding. When the button

is released, the compact disc will return tonormal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the compact discis being played, the program next to thepresent one will start to play from its beginning.Push several times to skip through programs.The compact disc will advance the number oftimes the button is pushed. (When the lastprogram on the compact disc is skippedthrough, the first program will be played.)When the (APS REW) button is pushedfor less than 1.5 seconds, the program beingplayed returns to its beginning. Push severaltimes to skip back through programs. Thecompact disc will go back the number of timesthe button is pushed.

When pushing the (APS FF) or(APS REW) button for more than 1.5

seconds, each track will play for about 10seconds. To stop playing, push the but-ton again.

CD PLAY button:

To change CD, push the CD play select button(1 to 6). You can select if the CD is inserted.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button is pushedwhile the compact disc is played, the playpattern can be changed as follows:

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

To eject the discs selected by the EJECTbutton, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT buttonfor more than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc willcome out and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it. (except 8 cm diameter com-pact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

DVD OFF function:

It is possible to turn off the INFINITI MobileEntertainment System (MES) from the frontseat. When the ON-OFF switch is turned offwhen the DVD is being played from the speak-ers (with DVD displayed), the MES is turnedoff. (The audio system will not turn off. If a CDis loaded, the CD will be played.) Pushing theCD/REAR AV button with no DVD discsloaded will turn on the MES (mute).

The sound resumes when a DVD disc isloaded or another audio source is connectedto the auxiliary input jacks.

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch thesurface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

O Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges us-

ing the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

SAA0451


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIOCONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

MODE select switch

Push the mode select switch to change themode in the sequence of FM, AM, SAT, CDand Tape.

This mode switch will not change the DVD(MES).

Volume control switches

Push the volume control switch to increase ordecrease the volume.

Tuning

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch or for lessthan 1.5 seconds to change the radio fre-quency.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch or for morethan 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previousradio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (tape and CD):

Push the tuning switch or for less1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of thepresent program or skip to the next program.Push several times to skip back or skipthrough programs.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FF REW (tape or CD):

Push the tuning switch or for morethan 1.5 seconds to rewind or fast forward thetape or to change the playing disc up or down.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theor button for less than 1.5 seconds

again.

SAA0714


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The Mobile Entertainment System(MES) is designed for rear seat pas-senger viewing only.

O The driver must not attempt to oper-ate the MES while the vehicle is inmotion so that full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, donot touch the liquid crystalline mate-rial, which contains a small amount ofmercury. In case of contact with skin,wash immediately with soap and wa-ter.

O Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaningthe Mobile Entertainment Systemcomponents. Do not use solvents orcleaning solutions.

O Do not attempt to use the system inextreme temperature conditions [be-low −4°F (−20°C) or above 158°F(70°C)].

O To avoid draining the vehicle battery,do not operate the system more than15 minutes without starting the en-gine.

SAA0716

INFINITI MOBILEENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (MES)(if so equipped)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD)PLAYER CONTROLS

The DVD player has the following controls:

1. EJECT button

2. DVD slot

3. ENTER button

4. POWER on/off switch

5. MODE button

6. Input jacks

7. STOP button

8. PLAY/PAUSE button

9. MENU button

10.DISPLAY button

11.NAVIGATION KEYS

REMOTE CONTROL

The remote control has the following controls:

1. ONzOFF button

2. STOP button

SAA0717

SAA0810


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER and PREVIOUSTRACK/CHAPTER button

4. TITLE button

5. ENTER button

6. DISPLAY button

7. MODE button

8. SUBTITLE button

9. AUDIO button

10.ANGLE button

11.CLEAR button

12.PAUSE button

13.PLAY button

14.FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE button

15.MENU button

16.NAVIGATION KEYS

17.RETURN button

18.NUMERIC KEYPADREMOTE CONTROL HOLDER

Peel the sheet j1 of the holder off, then putthe remote control holder to the desired posi-tion in the rear armrest.

FLIP-DOWN SCREEN

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, donot touch the liquid crystalline mate-rial, which contains a small amount ofmercury. In case of contact with skin,wash immediately with soap andwater.

SAA0747

SAA0719


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The screen rotates down to view andup into the housing to store when notin use. Ensure that the screen islatched securely into the housingwhen stored.

Headphones

Power ON/OFF:

Push the POWER button to turn the head-phones on or off.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjust thevolume.

The headphones will automatically be turnedoff in 30 seconds if there is no sound duringthat period. To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, keep the power supply turned offwhen not in use.

PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC(DVD)

CAUTION

O Only operate the DVD while the ve-hicle engine is running. Operating theDVD for extended periods of timewith the engine OFF can dischargethe vehicle battery.

O Do not allow the system to get wet.Excessive moisture such as spilled

SAA0720 SAA0721


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

liquids may cause the system to mal-function.

O The driver must not attempt to wearthe headphones while the vehicle isin motion so that full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

O While playing video CD media, thisDVD player does not guarantee com-plete functionality of all video CDformats.

With the DVD player, you can hear DVDvideos, video CDs and CDs using head-phones. Passengers in the rear seat can enjoythe sound independently of the front seat.

Using the CD/rear AV button located on thefront seat, you can also hear the sound of theDVD player through the speakers in the ve-hicle.

It is possible to operate the DVD player byremote control.

Headphones are a wireless type and no cablesare necessary. You can use them in almost allthe ranges in the rear seat. (It is not possible touse the headphones in the front seat.)

POWER on/off button:

With the ignition switch turned to the ACC orON position, push the POWER button to turnthe DVD player on or off.

Insert the compact disc into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The digital video disc willbe guided automatically into the slot.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

MODE select switch:

Push the Mode button to select Audio/Videosource between DVD and AUX input (inputjacks on the faceplate, Red = right channelaudio input, White = left channel audio input,and Yellow = Video input).

The display will show the “AUX” in the upperleft corner of the display for 4 seconds oncethe Mode is changed to AUX.

To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliary inputjacks” in this section.

or PLAY:

When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player

or the PLAY button on the remote control ispushed, the player will play.

In play mode, the display will show onthe upper left corner of the display.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind) (Remotecontrol only):

Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-tons to carry out the fast forward or fastreverse presentation at 5 times normal playspeed.

Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-tons again or PLAY button to resume thenormal play speed.

NEXT CHAPTER/PREVIOUS CHAPTER:

When the (NEXT CHAPTER) button ispushed while the digital video disc is beingplayed, the program next to the present onewill start to play from its beginning. Pushseveral times to skip through programs. Thedigital video disc will advance the number oftimes the button is pushed. When the

(PREVIOUS CHAPTER) button ispushed, the program being played returns toits beginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The digital video disc will


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

go back the number of times the button ispushed.

or PAUSE:

When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the playeror the PAUSE button on the remote control ispushed, the player will pause playing of themedia. In pause mode, the player will show

on the upper left corner of the displayuntil the player is changed to another mode.

STOP:

Push the STOP button once to stop playing themedia. The display will show in the upperleft corner of the display for 4 seconds, and thelast disc position will be stored. When thePLAY button is pushed again, it will resume atthe stored disc track and time position.

If the STOP button is pushed again when theplayer is already in Stop mode, it will reinitial-ize the pointer to the beginning of the disc. Ineffect it will ignore the last stored disc positionand upon receipt of the next play message itwill begin at the Title Menu, or at “the begin-ning of the disc”.

EJECT:

When the EJECT button is pushed with thedigital video disc loaded, it will be ejected.

The display will show the EJECT symbol

in the upper left corner of the display for4 seconds once the EJECT button is pushed.

If the digital video disc is not loaded, thedisplay will show “NO DISC”.

If the digital video disc comes out and is notremoved within 25 seconds, it will be pulledback into the slot to protect it.

DISPLAY:

If the DISPLAY control is pushed for less than2 seconds, the display menu will appear on thescreen.

O The display menu will remain on the screenfor 10 seconds if no subsequent controlactivations occur.

O Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate withinthe display menu, and use ENTER to selectthe item.

O Holding the DISPLAY control on the face-plate for longer than approximately 2 sec-onds while in the display menu will reset thedisplay characteristics to their nominal val-ues. (Faceplate feature only)

If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplateis pushed for more than 2 seconds, the mediatrack/time information will be displayed alongthe bottom of the display. Pushing the DIS-PLAY control for more than 2 seconds will

remove the media track/time information fromthe display. (Faceplate feature only)

NAVIGATION KEYS:

If media is in PLAY mode, activation of theNAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left, andRight) will perform the following functions: nextchapter/track, previous chapter/track, fast re-verse and fast forward, and the display willshow , and , respec-tively in the upper left corner of the display for4 seconds. (Faceplate feature only)

If media is in PAUSE mode, activation of theNAVIGATION KEYS (Up, down and Right) willperform the following functions: nextchapter/track, previous chapter/track and slowforward, and the display will show ,and respectively in the upper left cornerof the display for 4 seconds. (Faceplate fea-ture only)

If media is in activated MENU mode, theNAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navigateUp, Down, Left, and Right within the menu.

If display control menu is on, the NAVIGATIONKEYS will be used to navigate Up, Down, Left,and Right within the menu.

ENTER:

In MENU mode, push the ENTER button toselect MENU items.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

In the display menu, push the ENTER buttonto select items for modification, as per theon-screen instructions.

MENU:

If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENUbutton is pressed, the DVD menu will appearon the screen. Use Navigation Keys to navi-gate within the menu, and use ENTER toselect the item.

Push the MENU button again to return toPLAY mode.

TITLE (Remote control only):

Push TITLE button to return the DVD media tothe “title” of the DVD.

Push TITLE button again to return to theprevious stop point and play.

RETURN (Remote control only):

Push RETURN function to exit the currentactive menu and return to the previous menu.

SUBTITLES (Remote control only):

Push the SUBTITLES button to call-up subtitleselection menu.

Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button tocycle through each available subtitle.

AUDIO (Remote control only):

Push the AUDIO button to call-up audio menu.

Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cyclethrough each available audio track.

ANGLE (Remote control only):

Push the ANGLE button to call-up cameraangle menu.

Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cyclethrough each available angle.

CLEAR (Remote control only):

Push the CLEAR button to clear all numericinputs, if actuated prior to expiration of the3-second timer.

NUMERIC KEYPAD (0-9 & ≥10) (Remotecontrol only):

Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly ac-cess disc chapters, titles or tracks by inputtingtheir numeric value.

The “≥10” button input numbers greater thanor equal to 10, allowing up three digits to beinput for selecting chapter/title/track number.

The subsequent actuation of numeric buttonswill continuously shift the previously inputnumber to the “left”.

The chapter/title/track number will be auto-

matically selected (if valid, based on mediacontent) if 3 seconds expire without any key-pad inputs.

The operator can cancel the inputchapter/title/track number by actuating theCLEAR control prior to the expiration of the3-second timer.

These functions can be used only for the DVDdiscs which correspond to them.

Auxiliary input jacks

The auxiliary input jacks are located on thecontrol panel. Compatible devices such asvideo games camcorders and portable videoplayers can be connected to the auxiliaryjacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identi-fication purposes.

O Yellow - video input

O White - left channel audio input

O Red - right channel audio input

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth to cleanthe surfaces of your Mobile EntertainmentSystem. (DVD player face, screen, remotecontrol, etc.)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not use any solvents or cleaningsolutions when cleaning the videosystem.

O Do not use excessive force on themonitor screen.

O Avoid touching or scratching themonitor screen as it may becomedirty or damaged.

O Do not attempt to operate the systemin extreme temperature conditions[below −4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F(70°C)].

O Do not attempt to operate the systemin extreme humidity conditions (lessthan 10% or more than 75%).

CAUTION

O Handle a DVD by its edges. Nevertouch the surface of the disc.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.

O Do not use a conventional recordcleaner, benzine, thinner or alcoholintended for industrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its innerand outer edges. Remove the roughedges using the side of a pen orpencil as illustrated.

O Never attempt to use a DVD that hasbeen cracked, deformed, or repairedusing adhesive. Doing so may causedamage to the equipment.

O Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami-nation or flaws. Otherwise, signals may notbe read properly.

O Do not write, draw or attach anything onany side of the DVD.

O Do not store the DVD in locations withdirect sunlight or in high temperatures orhumidity.

O Always place discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O Do not put on any sticker or write anythingon either surface of the DVD.

SAA0451

HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Remote control and headphonesbattery replacement


1. Open the lid.

2. Replace both batteries with new ones.

O Size AA (remote control)

O Size AAA (headphones)

Make sure that the ! and @ ends on thebatteries match the markings inside thecompartment.



O If you will not be using the remote con-trol for long periods of time, remove thebatteries.

O Replacement of the batteries is neededwhen the remote control only functions

at extremely close distances to the MESor not at all.

O Be careful not to touch the battery ter-minal.


O When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the remote control andheadphones.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.

SAA0722 SAA0723


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ANTENNA

Placing the antenna

You can adjust the antenna to three differentpositions manually.

INFINITI recommends position j1 for the bestradio reception

Removing the antenna

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove byturning counterclockwise.

CAUTION

O Be sure that antenna is removed be-fore the vehicle enters an automaticcar wash.

O Be sure to fold down the antennabefore the vehicle enters a garagewith a low ceiling.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phonein your INFINITI, be sure to observe the fol-lowing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Engine control sys-tem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular telephones while driving.

O If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

O If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

SAA0748

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the electronic controlmodules.

O Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not routethe antenna wire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-wave ra-tio as recommended by the manufac-turer.

O Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult an INFINITIdealer.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving...................... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide).......................... 5-2Three way catalyst ............................................... 5-3On-pavement and offroad driving precautions .... 5-3Low tire pressure warning system (if soequipped).............................................................. 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-5Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving....................... 5-5Driving safety precautions ................................... 5-5

Ignition switch (except Intelligent Key system) ......... 5-8Key positions ........................................................ 5-8Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System....................... 5-9

Ignition knob (models with the Intelligent KeySystem) ..................................................................... 5-9

Ignition knob positions........................................ 5-10Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System..................... 5-10

Before starting the engine....................................... 5-11Starting the engine.................................................. 5-11Driving the vehicle................................................... 5-12

Automatic transmission ...................................... 5-12Parking brake .......................................................... 5-15Cruise control .......................................................... 5-16

Precautions on cruise control............................. 5-16Cruise control operations ................................... 5-17

Intelligent Cruise Control system(if so equipped) ....................................................... 5-18

How to change the intelligent cruise controlmode................................................................... 5-19Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode........... 5-19Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode................................................................... 5-34

Brake assist (with preview function) (for IntelligentCruise Control system equipped models)............... 5-37

Brake assist ........................................................ 5-37Preview function ................................................. 5-37

Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-40Increasing fuel economy ......................................... 5-40AWD warning light .................................................. 5-41Parking/parking on hills ........................................... 5-42Power steering ........................................................ 5-43Brake system .......................................................... 5-44

Braking precautions............................................ 5-44Preview function (for Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem equipped models) .................................. 5-44Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ............................ 5-44

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ................. 5-46Cold weather driving ............................................... 5-47

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................. 5-47

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Anti-freeze .......................................................... 5-47Battery ................................................................ 5-47Draining of coolant water ................................... 5-47Tire equipment ................................................... 5-47

Special winter equipment ................................... 5-48Driving on snow or ice ....................................... 5-48Engine block heater (if so equipped) ................. 5-49

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent opera-tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-

tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

O Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

O Keep the back door closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases couldbe drawn into the passenger com-partment. If you must drive with theback door open, follow these precau-tions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switchOFF and the fan control at maxi-mum position to circulate the air.

O If electrical wiring or other cable con-

nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the back door orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

O If a special body or other equipmentis added for recreational or other us-age, follow the manufacturer’s rec-ommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.(Some recreational vehicle appli-ances such as stoves, refrigerator,heaters, etc. may also generate car-bon monoxide.)

O The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYST

The three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the converter are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously re-duce the three way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over-rich fuel flow into the three way cata-lyst, causing it to overheat. Do notkeep driving if the engine misfires, orif noticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by an INFINITIdealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

ON-PAVEMENT ANDOFFROAD DRIVINGPRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of perform-ing in a variety of on-pavement and offroadapplications. This gives them a higher centerof gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage ofhigher ground clearance is a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional two-wheeldrive vehicles any more than low-slung sportscars are designed to perform satisfactorilyunder offroad conditions. If at all possible,avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers par-ticularly at high speeds. As with other vehiclesof this type, failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss of control or vehiclerollover.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system. It monitors tire pres-sure of all tires except the spare. When the lowtire pressure warning light is lit, one or more of

Starting and driving 5-3

Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

your tires is significantly under-inflated. Thesystem also displays pressure of all tires (ex-cept the spare tire) on the display screen bysending a signal from a sensor that is installedin each wheel.

The low tire pressure warning system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, thissystem may not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (e.g. a flat tire while driving).

Frequently check the tire pressure informationdisplay on the display screen and adjust pres-sure of each tire properly. (The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the screen doesnot correspond with the actual order of the tireposition.) See “Tire pressure information” inthe “4. Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems” section for tire pressuremonitor. If you select the tire pressure informa-tion in the display (if so equipped), the FLATTIRE warning message will be displayed.

Low tire pressure warning system

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure (lower than 26 psi, 180 kPa). The lowtire pressure warning light comes on, and thechime sounds for about 10 seconds. If youselect the tire pressure information in the dis-play, the FLAT TIRE warning message will bedisplayed.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning lightcomes ON and/or FLAT TIRE warningis displayed on the display screenwhile driving, avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road to asafe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead toan accident and could result in seri-ous personal injury. Check the pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If you have aflat tire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible. (See “Flat tire” inthe “6. In case of emergency” sectionfor changing a flat tire.)

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressurewill not be indicated and the low tire

pressure warning system will notfunction. Contact your INFINITI dealeras soon as possible for tire replace-ment and/or system resetting.

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of thesignals from the tire pressure sensors,and the low tire pressure warning sys-tem will not function properly.

FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of con-trol could result in a collision with othervehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle torollover, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influence ofalcohol or drugs (including prescription orover-the-counter drugs which may cause

drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt. See“Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section. Alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted person is significantly morelikely to be injured or killed than a personproperly wearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgment. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likeli-hood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in the accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of alcohol.

Every year thousands of people are injured orkilled in alcohol related accidents. Althoughthe local laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impairedby alcohol, drugs, or some other physicalcondition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

O Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicleshould be seated with their seat beltfastened. Keep you and your passen-gers in position when driving overrough terrain.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Before driving up or down grades,check the road surface for bumps orpotholes. Be sure to climb a gentleslope and descend a gentle slope.

O Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

O Many hills are too steep for any ve-hicle. If you drive up them, you maystall. If you drive down them, you maynot be able to control your speed. Ifyou drive across them, you may rollover.

O Do not move selector lever while driv-ing on downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the vehicle.

O Be sure to use the engine brake. Thefoot brake performance may be re-duced, resulting in a possible acci-dent.

O Stay alert when driving to the top of a

hill. At the top there could be a drop-off or other hazard that could causean accident.

O If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill, neverattempt to turn around. Your vehiclecould tip or roll over. Always backstraight down in R (Reverse) range.Never back down in N (Neutral), usingonly the brake, as this could causeloss of control.

O Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakes lightlyand use a low range to control yourspeed.

O Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over rough ter-rain. Properly secure all cargo so itwill not be thrown forward and causeinjury to you or your passengers.

O To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the rated

capacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in the cargoarea as far forward and as low aspossible. Do not equip the vehiclewith tires larger than specified in thismanual. This could cause your ve-hicle to roll over.

O Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel could movesuddenly and injure your hands. In-stead drive with your fingers andthumbs on the outside of the rim.

O Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

O Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become hot.

O Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your INFINITI ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not drive beyond the performanceof the tires, even with AWD engaged.Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

O If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your INFINITI all-wheel drivevehicle has a higher center of gravitythan a two-wheel drive vehicle. Thevehicle is not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventionaltwo-wheel drive vehicles. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly couldresult in loss of control and/or a rollover accident.

O Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pattern onall four wheels. Install tire chains onthe rear wheels when driving on slip-pery roads and drive carefully.

O Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water.See “Brake system” later in this sec-

tion for “wet brakes”.

O Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle andit rolls forward, backward or side-ways, you could be injured.

O Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as thewheel hub, more frequent mainte-nance may be required. See the main-tenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

O Do not drive continuously on sandyor muddy roads with the rear wheelsspinning. The AWD warning lightblinks and the driving mode changesto 2WD. This could reduce tractionforce remarkably. Be especially care-ful when towing a trailer. (AWD mod-els)

O A vehicle equipped with AWD (All-Wheel Drive) should never be testedusing a two wheel dynamometer(such as the dynamometers used bysome states for emissions testing), or

similar equipment. Make sure you in-form test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD beforeit is placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may resultin transmission damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

O Never operate the accelerator pedalwith any wheels raised and the otherwheels on the ground while jackingup or with any wheels on a roller andthe other wheels on the ground. Oth-erwise, the vehicle could lurch for-ward or backward. (AWD models)

O When a wheel is off the ground due toan unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively. (AWD models)

O When the vehicle is on a free roller orthe front or rear wheels are jacked up,do not start the engine. The vehiclecould lurch forward. (AWD models)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P (Park)position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park)position, the key cannot be moved towardLOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch,the selector lever cannot be moved from P(Park) position. The selector lever can bemoved if the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal is de-pressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show on thelock cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF thesteering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageand/or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removed whenthe switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessories

SSD0083F

IGNITION SWITCH (exceptIntelligent Key system)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

such as the radio when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition system andthe electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor, start-ing the engine.


The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key, itmay be due to interference caused by anotherINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key, anautomated toll road device or an automatedpayment device on the key ring. Restart theengine using the following procedures:





If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

The ignition lock is designed so that the igni-tion knob cannot be turned to LOCK andremoved until the selector lever is moved tothe P (Park) position.

When turning the ignition knob, make sure theselector lever is in the P position.

If the selector lever is not returned to the Pposition, the ignition knob cannot be movedtoward LOCK.

When the ignition knob cannot be turned to-ward the LOCK position while keeping theIntelligent Key, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P position.

SPA1628

IGNITION KNOB (models with theIntelligent Key System)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Turn the ignition knob slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from Pposition if the ignition knob is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal is de-pressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show on thelock cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF thesteering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/6 of a turn counter-clockwise from the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the ignitionknob to the LOCK position. To unlock thesteering wheel, push the ignition knob inand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

If the battery of the vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is discharged,the ignition knob cannot be turned from theLOCK position, even using the mechanicalkey or valet key.

WARNING

Never turn the ignition knob to the LOCKposition while driving. The steeringwheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageand/or personal injury.

IGNITION KNOB POSITIONS

Push in the ignition knob to the jB range whenyou turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position):

The ignition knob can only be locked in the jA

position.

The ignition knob will be unlocked when it ispushed in, and turned to the ACC position jD

while carrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories) jD :

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position) jE :

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

START jF :

This position starts the engine. As soon as theengine has started, release the knob immedi-ately. It will automatically return to the ONposition.

For important safety information, see “Ignitionswitch” in the “Starting and driving” section.

The ignition knob cannot be turned back to theLOCK position unless the shift lever is in Pposition. (It can be turned to only jC )

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionknob in ACC or ON positions when theengine is not running for an extendedperiod. This can discharge the battery.


The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use of


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

the registered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key, itmay be due to interference caused by anotherINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key, anautomated toll road device or an automatedpayment device on the key ring. Restart theengine using the following procedures:





If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

O Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

O Maintenance items should be checked pe-riodically, e.g., each time you check engineoil.

O Check that all windows and lights are clean.

O Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also, check tires for properinflation.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head restraints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lights whenkey is turned to the ON (3) position.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate if theselector lever is in one of the driving positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

O If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it thencrank the engine. Release the key and theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

O If the engine is very hard to start because itis flooded, depress the accelerator pedal allthe way to the floor and hold it. Crank theengine for 5 to 6 seconds. After crankingthe engine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, other-wise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive at mod-erate speed for a short distance first, espe-cially in cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine runningfor a minimum of 2 to 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stopping theengine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

5-speed automatic transmission

The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmission con-trol module to produce maximum power andsmooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this trans-mission. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

After starting the engine, fully depress the footbrake pedal and push the selector lever buttonbefore shifting the selector lever to the R(Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manualshift mode position. Be sure the vehicle is fullystopped before attempting to shift the selectorlever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal must bedepressed before shifting from P (Park) toany drive position while the ignition switchis ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key is turned

to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if thekey is removed from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the selector lever button to shift into adriving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

O Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) ormanual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could causeyou to lose control and have an acci-dent.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

O On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

O Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

while vehicle is moving forward.Never shift to P (Park) or D (Drive)while vehicle is moving rearward.These could cause an accident.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrakes should be used for this purpose.

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,: Just move the selector lever.

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive),or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be selectedwithout pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in serious per-sonal injury and/or property damage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N(Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, the keycannot be turned to LOCK and be removedfrom the ignition switch. Move the selectorlever to P (Park) position, then the key can beturned to LOCK.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selectorlever from N (Neutral) or any drive positionto P (Park). Apply the parking brake. Whenparking on a hill, apply the parking brake first,then move the lever to the P (Park) position.

SSD0320


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicleis completely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped before se-lecting R (Reverse). The brake pedal mustbe depressed and the selector lever buttonpushed in to move the selector lever from P(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to R(Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

Manual shift mode

When the selector lever is shifted from D to themanual shift gate with the vehicle stopped orwhile driving, the transmission enters the

manual shift mode. Shift range can be se-lected manually.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

M1→← M2

→← M3

→← M4

→← M5

M5 (5th):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

M4 (4th):

For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.

M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

M1 (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brakingon steep downhill grades.

O Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than M4range. This reduces fuel economy.

O When shifting up, move the selector lever to

the + (up) side. (Shifts to higher range.)

O When shifting down, move the selectorlever to the − (down) side. (Shifts to lowerrange.)

O Moving the selector lever to the same sidetwice will shift the ranges in succession.However, if this motion is rapidly done, thesecond shifting may not be completed prop-erly.

O In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to a stop.When accelerating again, it is necessaryto shift up to the desired range.

O When canceling the manual shift mode,return the selector lever to the D position.The transmission returns to the normaldriving mode.

O In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving performanceand reduces the chance of vehicle dam-age or loss of control.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

transmission down into the lower gear, de-pending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, the nexttime the key is turned to the ON position, the

light will blink for approximately 8 sec-onds after coming on for 2 seconds. While thevehicle can be driven under these circum-stances please note that the gears in theautomatic transmission will be locked in 4thgear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignition keyOFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn thekey back to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operating con-dition. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition, have your INFINITIdealer check the transmission and repair ifnecessary.

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed.

To move the selector lever, apply the parkingbrake, depress the brake pedal, and push theshift lock release button. The selector levercan be moved to N (Neutral). This allows thevehicle to be moved if the battery is dis-charged.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have your INFINITI dealer check the automatictransmission system as soon as possible.

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal and theparking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

SSD0321 SPA1286

PARKING BRAKE


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

O Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

O Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the park-ing brake and cause an accident.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

O it is not possible to keep the vehicleat a set speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.).

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

O If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The SET indicatorlight on the meter panel then blinks to warnthe driver.

O If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill be canceled automatically.

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

O The SET indicator light may blink when thecruise control main switch is turned onwhile pushing the RES/ACCEL, COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located on thesteering wheel). To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the precedingsteps in the order indicated.

CRUISE CONTROL


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. RESUME or ACCEL switch

2. COAST or SET switch

3. ON/OFF switch

4. CANCEL switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the mainswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light on themeter panel will come on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow either ofthese three methods:

a) Push the cancel switch; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will goout.

O If you depress the brake pedal while push-ing the RES/ACCEL set switch and reset atthe cruising speed, turn the main switch offonce and then turn it on again.

O The cruise control will automatically be can-

celled if the vehicle slows down belowapproximately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

O Move the selector lever to N (Neutral) po-sition. The SET indicator light will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the RES/ACCELset switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the set

SSD0279


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemautomatically maintains a selected distancefrom the vehicle in front of you according tothat vehicle’s speed, or at the set speed, if theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC function has two cruise controlmodes: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode for maintaining a selected distance be-tween a vehicle, and a conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode for cruising atpreset speeds.

WARNING

Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using thecruise control. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control the vehi-cle’s speed in emergency situations. Donot use cruise control except in appro-priate road and traffic conditions.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROLSYSTEM (if so equipped)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO CHANGE THEINTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROLMODE

When you push the ON/OFF switch, you canchoose the cruise control mode between thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode andthe conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

When you push the ON/OFF switch quickly,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode isactivated.

To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the

ON/OFF switch for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds.

Once a control mode is chosen and activates,it cannot be changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the ON/OFFswitch once, then turn on the system again.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningbuzzer does not sound to warn you if

you are too close to the vehicleahead, as neither the presence of thevehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

O Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

O Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system dis-play.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. For theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode, see page 5-33.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem automatically maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you accordingto that vehicle’s speed, or at the set speed, ifthe road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain the same

SSD0334


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

speed as other vehicles without the constantneed to adjust the speed as you would with anormal cruise control system.

The system is intended to enhance the opera-tion of the vehicle when following anothervehicle traveling in the same lane and direc-tion. If the distance sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead of you, the system willreduce your speed so that you follow thevehicle in front of you at the selected distance.The system automatically controls the throttleand applies the brakes (up to 25% of vehiclebraking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

WARNING

O This system is only an aid to assistthe driver and is not a collision warn-ing or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

O The system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to use

the system in city traffic or congestedareas.

O This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowing traf-fic. Do not use the system on roadswith sharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

The distance sensor will not detect under mostconditions:

O Stationary and slow moving vehicles

O Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

O Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

O Motorcycles or scooters traveling offset inthe travel lane

This system will not automatically brakethe vehicle to a stop.

The system will cancel and a warning buzzerwill sound if the speed falls below approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, the systemwill be disengaged below the 20 MPH (32km/h) cut-off speed or over the maximum setspeed.

The following items are controlled when theselector lever is in the D (Drive) position ex-cept in the manual shift mode.

O When there are no vehicles ahead, thevehicle with this system maintains thespeed set by the driver. The driver can setthe speed between approximately 25 and90 MPH (40 and 144 km/h).

O When there is a vehicle ahead, the ICCsystem changes vehicle speed betweenapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h) and theset speed to match the speed of the vehicleahead and maintain the driver selecteddistance between vehicles.

O When the vehicle ahead disappears, thevehicle with this system accelerates up toand maintains the set speed.

WARNING

O As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

bad weather. Decelerate the vehiclespeed by depressing the brake pedal,depending on the distance to the ve-hicle ahead and the surrounding cir-cumstances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

O Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, the systemdoes not automatically stop the ve-hicle. If the vehicle speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h), theIntelligent Cruise Control system isautomatically canceled and a warn-ing buzzer sounds. (The brake con-trol is also canceled.)

O The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the IntelligentCruise Control system under the fol-lowing conditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)(When the windshield wiper is op-erated at the low speed (LO) orhigh speed (HI) position, the Intel-ligent Cruise Control system is au-tomatically canceled.)

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shin-ing on the front of the vehicle.

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor.

— On steep downhill roads (the ve-hicle may go beyond the set ve-hicle speed and frequent brakingmay result in overheating thebrakes).

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads.

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or decelera-tion.

O If you are towing a trailer, the systemmay not detect a vehicle ahead. Donot use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem.

O In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system when it isnot recommended in this section.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Driving with intelligent cruise controlsystem

Always pay attention to the operation of thevehicle and be ready to manually control theproper following distance. The IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance betweenvehicles (following distance) or selected ve-hicle speed under some circumstances.

The ICC system uses a sensor j1 located onthe front of the vehicle to detect vehiclesahead. The sensor generally detects the sig-nals returned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. The ICC system may not be able to

maintain the selected distance if the sensorcannot detect the reflector from the vehicleahead when:

O the reflector is positioned high on the ve-hicle (trailer, etc.).

O the reflector is covered with dirt, snow androad spray.

O snow or road spray from other vehiclesreduces the sensor’s visibility.

O dense exhaust or other smoke (blacksmoke) from other vehicles reduces thesensor’s visibility.

O if the reflector on the vehicle ahead ismissing, damaged or covered.

O if excessively heavy baggage is loaded inthe rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle.

O if your vehicle tows a trailer, etc..

The ICC system is designed to automaticallydetect when the sensor is dirty or obstructed. Ifdirt is detected on the sensor, the system isautomatically canceled. If the sensor is cov-ered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinylbag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them.If so, the ICC system may not cancel and maynot be able to maintain the selected followingdistance. Clean the sensor regularly.

The ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance and match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead; the system deceleratesthe vehicle as necessary. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 25% of thevehicles total braking power. Because of this,the ICC system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or vehicle speeds changegradually. If a vehicle moves into the laneahead or if a vehicle ahead rapidly deceler-ates, the distance between vehicles may be-come closer because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the ICC system will sound a warningbuzzer and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action. Refer to“Approach warning” later in this section.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approach station-ary and slow moving vehicles. You must payattention to vehicle operation to maintainproper distance from vehicles ahead whenapproaching toll gates or traffic jams.

SSD0315


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The detection zone of the ICC sensor is lim-ited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detectionzone for the ICC to maintain the selecteddistance and to match the speed of a vehicleahead.

A vehicle ahead may be outside the detectionzone due to its position in the lane. Motor-cycles and scooters may not be detected in thelane ahead if they are traveling offset from thecenterline of the lane. A vehicle that is chang-ing lanes ahead may be outside the detectionzone until it is almost completely in the lane. Ifthis occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the buzzer. The driver may have

to manually control the proper followingdistance.

SSD0252


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When driving on some roads, the ICC sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, or maytemporarily not detect a vehicle ahead. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. These conditions couldhappen on winding roads, hilly roads, enteringor exiting a curve, narrow roads or in roadconstruction areas. Additionally, the detectionof vehicles can be affected by vehicle opera-tion (steering maneuver or driving position inthe lane) or vehicle condition (for example, if avehicle is being driven with some damage). Insuch situations the ICC system indicatorand buzzer may warn you unexpectedly.You will then have to manually control the

proper distance ahead of your vehicle. If you are driving on the freeway at a set speedand come upon a slower vehicle ahead, theICC will attempt to match that vehicle’s speedand maintain a selected following distance. Ifthe vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits thefreeway, the ICC system will accelerate thevehicle to match the set speed. Pay attentionto the driving operation to maintain control ofthe vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed onwinding or hilly roads. If this happens, drivewithout the ICC system.

SSD0253 SSD0254


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent cruise control switch

The system is operated by a master ON/OFFswitch and four control switches, all mountedon the steering wheel.

1. ON/OFF switch:Master switch to activate the system

2. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

4. COAST/SET switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speedincrementally.

5. DISTANCE switch:Changes the following distance from; Maxi-mum, Intermediate, Minimum.

Intelligent cruise control systemdisplay

The display is located under the tachometer.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control system warninglight (Orange)

The light comes on if there is a malfunction inthe ICC system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front ofyou.

SSD0316 SSD0325


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance between ve-hicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. ON/OFF switch indicator light (Green)

Indicates that the ON/OFF switch is ON.

6. Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed will be indi-cated by km/h.

When the key switch is turned ON, the display

comes on as illustrated to check for a burned-out bulb, and it turns off when the engine isstarted.

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode

To turn on the cruise control, push theON/OFF switch on. The cruise indicator light,set distance indicator and set vehicle speedindicator come on, and they are on a standbystate for setting.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF

SSD0326 SSD0317


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

switch is off when not using the Intelli-gent Cruise Control.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

The Intelligent Cruise Control system cannotbe set under the following conditions even ifthe COAST/SET switch is pushed.

O When traveling outside the 25 to 90 MPH(40 to 144 km/h) speed range

O When the selector lever is not in the D

(Drive) position, including the manual shiftmode.

O While the vehicle is being braked by thedriver

O When pressing the ACCEL/RES switchwithout there being a set speed in memory

O When the windshield wipers are switched toLow or High

O When the parking brake is applied.

O When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system is switched off.

SSD0318


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distanceto a vehicle ahead, this system auto-matically accelerates or deceleratesyour vehicle according to the speed ofthe vehicle ahead. Depress the accelera-tor or brake pedal, however, to properlyaccelerate or decelerate your vehiclewhen acceleration is required for a

lane change or when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distance tothe vehicle ahead due to its suddendeceleration or if a vehicle cuts in. Al-ways stay alert when using the ICC sys-tem.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC systemmaintains the set vehicle speed, similar tostandard cruise control, as long as no vehicleis detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying the brakesto match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead.The system then controls the vehicle speedbased on the speed of the vehicle ahead tomaintain a driver selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when braking isperformed by the ICC system.

CAUTION

Never place your foot under the brakepedal, when the brake is operated by theIntelligent Cruise Control system. Youmay get your foot caught in the pedal.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator comes on. The ICCsystem will also display the set speed andselected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is not longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehicle

SSD0327


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

speed. The ICC system then maintains the setspeed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelerationto the set vehicle speed or any time the ICCsystem is in operation, the system recontrolsthe distance to the vehicle.

To pass another vehicle, depress the accel-erator pedal and steer the vehicle around thevehicle ahead. The set speed indicator willflash when the vehicle speed exceeds the setspeed. The vehicle detect indicator will turn offwhen the area ahead of the vehicle is open.When the pedal is released, the vehicle willreturn to the previously set speed.

Although your vehicle may be at the set ve-hicle speed based on ICC system control,depress the accelerator pedal when it is nec-essary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thesemethods:

O Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

O Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speedindicator will go out.

O Turn the ON/OFF switch off. Both theON/OFF switch indicator and set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

O Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch. Theset vehicle speed will increase by approxi-mately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

SSD0328


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

O Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Theset vehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the trafficconditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch is pressed,the set distance will change to long, medium,short and back to long again in that sequence.

SSD0319


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed. Thehigher the vehicle speed, the longer thedistance.

O If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine is

started, the initial setting becomes long.)

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to large deceleration of that vehicleor if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns

the driver with the buzzer and ICC systemdisplay. Decelerate by depressing the brakepedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:

• The buzzer sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

WARNING

Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem when traffic conditions causethe buzzer to sound frequently.

The warning buzzer may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance betweenvehicles. Some examples are:

O When the vehicles are traveling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles isnot changing.

O When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles is in-creasing.

O When the accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.

O When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning buzzer will not sound when your

SSD0329


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked ormoving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theICC sensor detects some reflectors whichare fitted on vehicles in other lanes or onthe side of the road. This may cause theICC system to decelerate or accelerate thevehicle. The ICC sensor may detect thesereflectors when the vehicle is driven onwinding roads, hilly roads or when enteringor exiting a curve. The ICC sensor may alsodetect reflectors on narrow roads or in roadconstruction zones. In these cases you willhave to manually control the proper dis-tance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected bythe vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or the traffic con-dition (for example, if a vehicle is being drivenwith same damage).

Automatic cancellation

A buzzer sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically canceled.

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted to aposition other than D (Drive), including themanual shift mode

O When the wiper is operated at low speed(LO) or high speed (HI)

O When the parking brake is applied

O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

SSD0284


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Warning light and display

Condition A

The buzzer sounds and the Intelligent CruiseControl system is canceled automatically inthe conditions described below. Part of thesystem display will come on or blink, making itimpossible to set.

O When the VDC is turned off.

O When the VDC operates

O When a tire slips

O When strong light (sunlight, etc.) is directly

shining on the front of the vehicle

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off using theIntelligent Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch.Turn the ICC system back on to use thesystem.

Condition B

When the sensor window is dirty, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled.

The buzzer sounds and the system warninglight (Orange) will come on and the set dis-tance indicators will blink.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place, turn the engine off. Clean thedirty parts with a soft cloth and then performthe settings again.

SSD0330 SSD0331


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operating prop-erly, the buzzer sounds and the system warn-ing light (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off and thenperform the settings again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, havethe vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the ICC system j1 is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe dirty parts with a soft cloth carefully soas not to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around the sensor.Do not touch or disassemble the screwlocated on the sensor. Doing so couldcause failure or malfunction. If the sensorinstallation part is deformed due to an ac-

cident, contact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe sensor. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keepingyour foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningbuzzer does not sound to warn you ifyou are too close to the vehicleahead, as neither the presence of thevehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

O Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

SSD0332 SSD0315


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system dis-play.

O Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions:

• when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at set speed.

• in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

• on winding or hilly roads.on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

• in very windy areas.

O Doing so could cause a loss of ve-hicle control and result in an acci-dent.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and switch

The display is located under the tachometer.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control system display

2. ICC system warning light (Orange)The light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the ICC system.

3. ON/OFF switch indicator light (Green)Indicates that the ON/OFF switch is ON.

4. Cruise set switch indicator lightThe light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control mode of the ICCsystem.

5. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

6. COAST/SET switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

7. ON/OFF switch:Master switch to activate the system

8. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.SSD0333


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theON/OFF switch for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds.

When pushing the ON/OFF switch on, theIntelligent Cruise Control system display andthe CRUISE indicator light (Green) in the in-strument cluster come on. After you hold theON/OFF switch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the Intelligent Cruise Control systemdisplay goes out. The CRUISE indicator keepslighting. You can now set your desired cruising

speed. Pushing the ON/OFF switch again willturn the system completely off.

When the ignition switch is turned off, thesystem is also automatically turned off. To usethe Intelligent Cruise Control again, push theON/OFF switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode) or push and hold it (conven-tional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ON/OFFswitch off when not using the IntelligentCruise Control.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If this

happens, drive without the IntelligentCruise Control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow eitherthree of these methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indica-tor light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the ON/OFF switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator lightswill go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the ACCEL/RES set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push the

SSD0335


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

COAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

Automatic cancellation

A buzzer sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically canceled.

O When the vehicle slows down over 8 MPH(13 km/h) than the set speed.

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h).

O When the selector lever is shifted to aposition other than D (Drive), including themanual shift mode.

O When the parking brake is applied.

O When the VDC operates (except ABS,which is functional with ICC system opera-tion).

Warning light

When the system is not operating properly, thebuzzer sounds and the system warning light(Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, havethe vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated and generates a greater brakingforce than that of a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

PREVIEW FUNCTION

When the Preview Function identifies the needto apply emergency braking by sensing thevehicle ahead in the same lane and the dis-tance and relative speed from it, it applies thebrake pre-pressure before the driver de-presses the brake pedal and helps improvebrake response by reducing pedal free playclearances.

O This system will not operate when the ve-

SSD0332

BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEWFUNCTION) (for Intelligent CruiseControl System equipped models)


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

hicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH(32 km/h) or less.

O The pre-pressure function ceases when thefollowing conditions are met:

a) When the driver depresses the acceleratorpedal or the brake pedal.

b) If the driver does not operate the accelera-tor or brake pedal within approximately 1second.

O The sensor will not detect:

a) Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

b) Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

c) Motorcycles or scooters traveling offset inthe travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

O The Preview Function is only an aidto assist the driver and is not a colli-sion warning or avoidance device.

Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, it does notautomatically decelerate the vehiclespeed.It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

O As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solelyon this system. This system does notcorrect careless inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or otherbad weather. Reduce vehicle speedby depressing the brake pedal, inorder to maintain a safe distance be-tween vehicles.

O The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. The PreviewFunction may not operate properlyunder the following conditions. Thevehicle is still drivable under normalconditions and the Brake Assist willoperate.

SSD0338


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor.— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle.— Winding or hilly roads may causethe sensor to temporarily not detect avehicle in the same lane or may de-tect objects or vehicles in otherlanes.— Vehicle position in the lane maycause the sensor to temporarily notdetect a vehicle in the same lane ormay detect objects or vehicles inother lanes.

O When the Preview Function operates,the brake pedal may move slightlyand may make a small noise. This isnot a system malfunction.

Warning light and display

When the Preview Function is not operatingproperly, the buzzer sounds and the systemwarning light (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off and thenperform the settings again.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicate thatthe Preview Function is malfunctioning(the brake is operative). Although the Ve-hicle is still driveable under normal condi-

tions, have the vehicle checked at an IN-FINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the Preview Function, that iscommon with Intelligent Cruise Control, is lo-cated below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe dirty parts with a soft cloth carefully soas not to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around the sensor.Do not touch or disassemble the screwlocated on the sensor. Doing so couldcause failure or malfunction. If the sensorinstallation part is deformed due to an ac-cident, contact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe sensor. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

SSD0339


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), followthese recommendations to obtain maximumengine performance and ensure the futurereliability and economy of your new vehicle.Failure to follow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life and reducedengine performance.

O Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

O Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed will lower fueleconomy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-hicles.

O Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Low pressure will increase tire wearand waste fuel.

O Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment will cause not only tirewear but also lower fuel economy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air conditionerand leave the windows closed to reducedrag.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light comes on when thekey switch is turned to ON. It turns off soonafter the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system,

the warning light comes on while engine isrunning.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free a stuckvehicle due to high power train oil temperature.The driving mode may change to 2 wheeldrive. If the warning light blinks rapidly, stopthe vehicle with the engine idling in a safeplace immediately. Then if the light goes offafter a while, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warninglight blink slowly (about once per two sec-onds). Pull off the road in a safe area, and idlethe engine. Check that all tire sizes are thesame, tire pressure is correct and tires are notworn.

If the warning light is blinking after the aboveoperation, have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION

O Do not place an AWD equipped ve-hicle on a two wheel dynamometer orraise two wheels off the ground andshift the transmission to any D (drive)or R (reverse) position. Doing so mayresult in transmission damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

O Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle with two wheels ona two wheel dynamometer and theother two wheels raised. Doing somay result in transmission damage orunexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

O If the warning light comes on whiledriving, there may be a malfunction inthe AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checkedby an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.

SSD0336

AWD WARNING LIGHT


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer assoon as possible.

O The power train may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warninglight blinking rapidly.

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

O Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

WARNING

O Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) forautomatic transmission models. Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicleto move unexpectedly or roll away

MSD0002

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

and result in an accident.

O Make sure the automatic transmis-sion selector lever has been pushedas far forward as it can go and cannotbe moved without depressing thebutton at the end of the lever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from thecenter of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and remove the key (if a metal key isused).

The power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns or at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will bemuch harder to operate.

POWER STEERING


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by using en-gine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stopthe vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.However, greater foot pressure on the brakepedal will be required to stop the vehicle andthe stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This overheats the brakes, in-creases wear on the brake linings and pads,and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could resultin loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, acceleratingor downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheelsto skid and result in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (forIntelligent Cruise Control systemequipped models)

When the Preview Function equipped withIntelligent Cruise Control system identifies theneed to apply emergency braking by sensingthe vehicle ahead in the same lane and thedistance and relative speed from it, it applies

the brake pre-pressure before the driver de-presses the brake pedal and helps improvebrake response by reducing pedal free playclearances.

For more details, please refer to “Brake assist(with preview function)” in this section.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesso the wheels will not lock when brakingabruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding.By preventing wheel lockup, the system helpsthe driver maintain steering control and helpsto minimize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

BRAKE SYSTEM


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) tocompletely stop the vehicle. (The speeds willvary according to road conditions.) When theanti-lock system senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuator(under the hood) rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakesvery quickly). While the actuator is working,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from the actuatorunder the hood. This is normal and indicatesthat the anti-lock system is working properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of elec-tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulicsolenoids controlled by a computer. The com-puter has a built-in diagnostic feature that teststhe system each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of any malfunction. If the computersenses any malfunction, it switches the anti-

lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABSwarning light in the dashboard. The brakesystem will then behave normally, but withoutanti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair atyour earliest convenience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-cidents resulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It can helpmaintain vehicle control during brakingon slippery surfaces, but remember thatthe stopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-lock sys-tem. Stopping distances may also belonger on rough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the responsibility for safety of yourselfand others rests in the hands of the

driver.

Tire type and condition of tires may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

O When installing a spare tire, makesure it is the proper size and type asspecified on the tire placard. See “Ve-hicle identification” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” sec-tion for tire placard location.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When accelerating or driving on slippery sur-faces, the tires may spin or slide. With thevehicle dynamic control (VDC) system, sen-sors detect these movements and control thebraking and engine output to help improvevehicle stability.

O When the vehicle dynamic control (VDC)system is operating, the slip indicator in theinstrument panel blinks.

O When only the traction control (TCS) sys-tem portion of the vehicle dynamic controlsystem is operating, the slip indicator willalso blink.

O If the slip indicator blinks, the road condi-tions are slippery. Be sure to adjust yourspeed and driving to these conditions. Besure to drive carefully. See “Slip indicatorlight”, and “Vehicle dynamic control off in-dicator light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system, theSLIP and indicator lights come on inthe meter panel.As long as these indicator lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled.

The VDC system uses a Brake Limited SlipDifferential (LSD) system to improve vehicle

traction. The brake LSD system works whenone of the driving wheels is spinning on aslippery surface. The brake LSD systembrakes the spinning wheel which distributesthe driving power to the other drive wheel. Ifthe vehicle is operated with the vehicle dy-namic control system turned off, all VDC andTCS functions will be turned off. The brakeLSD system and ABS will still operate with theVDC system off. If the brake LSD system orthe ABS is activated, the slip indicator light willblink and you may hear a clunk noise and/orfeel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is alsonormal and indicates the brake fluid pressureis controlled properly.

While the VDC system is operating, you mayfeel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise or vibration from under the hood. This isnormal and indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

O The vehicle dynamic control system isdesigned to help improve driving stabil-ity but does not prevent accidents dueto abrupt steering operation at highspeeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially careful whendriving and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

O If engine related parts such as mufflerare not standard equipment or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the vehicle dy-namic control off indicator light and slipindicator light may come on.

O Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer barsand bushings are not INFINITI-approvedfor your vehicle or are extremely dete-riorated, the vehicle dynamic controlsystem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the vehicle dynamiccontrol off indicator light may come on.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

O If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not stan-dard equipment or are extremely dete-riorated, the vehicle dynamic controloff indicator light may illuminate.

O When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the vehicle dynamic controlsystem may not operate properly andthe vehicle dynamic control off indi-cator light may come on. Do not driveon these types of roads.

O If wheels or tires other than the recom-mended ones are used, the vehicle dy-namic control system may not operateproperly and the vehicle dynamic con-trol off indicator light may come on.

O The vehicle dynamic control systemis not a substitute for winter tires ortire chains on a snow covered road.

O When driving on unstable surfacessuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the vehicle dynamic control offindicator light may illuminate. This isnot a malfunction. Restart the engineafter driving onto a stable surface.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole. Ifthe lock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), checkanti-freeze to assure proper winter protection.For additional information, see “Engine coolingsystem” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, see “Battery” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-ing the drain plug located under the radiator.Refill before operating the vehicle. See “En-gine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance

and do-it-yourself” section for changing enginecoolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Please consult your INFINITI dealer for thetire type, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some prov-inces and states prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before in-stalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Useof tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

installing tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are in-stalled according to the chain manufactur-er’s suggestions. Use only SAE Class Schains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAE stan-dard minimum clearances between the tireand the closest vehicle suspension or bodycomponent required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chainsor cables). The minimum clearances aredetermined using the factory equipped tiresize. Other types may damage your ve-hicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed to pre-vent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or underbody. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely af-fected.

O Never install tire chains on TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tires.

O Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

O Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chainsin such conditions can cause damage to thevarious mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

4. For all wheel drive:If you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

O a sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

O a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

O extra window washer fluid to refill the res-ervoir tank.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave a lot less traction or grip underthese conditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

O Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

O Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake before

reaching it. Try not to brake whileactually on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slipperyroads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

6 In case of emergency

Roadside assistance program................................... 6-2Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-2

Low tire pressure warning system(if so equipped) .................................................... 6-2Changing a flat tire ............................................... 6-3

Jump starting............................................................. 6-8Push starting ........................................................... 6-11If your vehicle overheats ......................................... 6-11Towing your vehicle ................................................ 6-12

Towing recommended by INFINITI .................... 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ......... 6-14

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan.In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet for details. Both theWarranty Booklet and Roadside AssistanceCalling Card in your Owner’s LiteraturePortfolio provide the Toll-Free Number to callfor assistance. Roadside Assistance isprovided 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for4 years from the date sold to give emergencyroadside help, in the event of mechanical ornonmechanical trouble(s) such as flat tires,out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keys,mechanical breakdown, accident, etc.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system. It monitors tire pres-sure of all tires except the spare. When the lowtire pressure warning light is lit, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displays pressureof all tires (except the spare tire) on the displayscreen by sending a signal from a sensor thatis installed in each wheel. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure (lower than26 psi, 180 kPa), the low tire pressure warningsystem will activate and warn you of it by thelow tire pressure warning light or if you selectthe tire pressure information in the display, aWARNING (FLAT TIRE) displayed on thescreen. This system will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH (32km/h). For more details, please refer to“Warning/indicator lights and audible remind-ers” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion, “Tire pressure information” in the “4.Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section and “Low tire pressurewarning system” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning lightblinks or a WARNING is displayed onthe display screen while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the pressure to theCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tireand Loading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressureand the low tire pressure warningsystem will not be functioning norwill their lights illuminate. Contactyour INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAM

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

sible for tire replacement and/or sys-tem resetting.

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the selector lever in P(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure that the parking brake issecurely applied and the automatictransmission into P (Park).

O Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

O Never change tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the tire pressure ofthat tire will not be indicated and notbe monitored by the low tire pressurewarning system. Contact yourINFINITI dealer as soon as possiblefor tire replacement and/or systemresetting. (For models with the lowtire pressure warning system)

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and could cause personalinjury.

MCE0001

In case of emergency 6-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Getting the spare tire and tools

Pull up the floor cover jA and hang the strap toupper body jB as illustrated.

Type A:

Turn the retainer counterclockwise j1 andremove the spare tire.

Type B:

Turn the retainer counterclockwise j1 , re-move the subwoofer j2 and place it on theside of the luggage room (with the flat surfacefacing down), then remove the spare tire. Becareful not to let the subwoofer fall down.

Removing wheel cap

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps. Doing so could result in personalinjury.

SCE0447

SCE0459


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Jacking up the vehicle and removingthe damaged tireCarefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Remove the jack holder loosening the jackshaft.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so that top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack uppoint. Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle, se-curely hold the jack lever and rod with bothhands as shown above. Remove the wheelnuts, and then remove the tire.

WARNING

O Don’t use the jack with the holderattached in case it breaks, or it couldlead to a personal injury.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

O Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use

SCE0448 SCE0458


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

the jack provided with other vehiclesto your vehicle.

The jack is designed only for liftingyour vehicle during a tire change.

O Use the correct jack up points; neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

O Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

O Never use blocks on or under thejack.

O Do not start or run engine while ve-hicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slip dif-ferential carriers.

O Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Installing the spare tire

The T-type spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions underthe heading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly as illustrateduntil they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. (j1 , j2 , j3 ,j4 , j5 ). Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

O Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehiclehas been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km)(also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).

As soon as possible tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N zm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecifications at each lubrication interval.

SCE0039


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard affixed to the inside of the driverside center pillar.

For models equipped with the low tirepressure warning system:

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tirepressure, the display of the tire pressure infor-mation may show higher pressure than theCOLD tire pressure after the vehicle has beendriven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This isbecause the tire pressurizes as the tire tem-perature rises. This does not indicate a systemmalfunction.

Stowing the damaged tire and tools Install the jack holder in the correct direction.Refer to the illustration. Turn the jack handle tosecure the jack holder to the jack.

Securely store the spare tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

SCE0449 SCE0463


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

The T-type (temporary) spare tire andsmall size spare tire are designed foremergency use. See “Wheels and tires”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I.D. Cardfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or War-ranty Information Booklet (Canada).

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, cloth orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

O Keep battery out of the reach of chil-dren.

O The booster battery must be rated at

12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

O Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

O Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

O If the battery of vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, the ignition knob cannot bemoved from the LOCK position, evenusing the mechanical key or the valetkey. Connect the jumper cables toanother vehicle, as in the case of adischarged battery, and then the

JUMP STARTING


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ignition knob can be moved from theLOCK position. Then, jump start thevehicle.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I.D. Cardfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or IN-FINITI Warranty Information Booklet(Canada).

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries into close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (jA → jB → jC → jD ).

SCE0450


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, etc. — not to the battery).

O Make sure that cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compart-ment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and letit run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicleat about 2,000 rpm, and start your engine inthe normal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn the keyoff and wait 3 to 4 seconds before tryingagain.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the posi-tive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

SCE0454


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

O Automatic transmission models can-not be push started. Attempting to doso may cause transmission damage.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I.D. Cardfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or IN-FINITI Warranty Information Booklet(Canada).

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap whilethe engine is still hot. When the radia-tor cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

O Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open allthe windows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximum hot

and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climbinga long hill on a hot day, run the engine at afast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until thetemperature gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam or cool-ant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do notopen the hood further until no steam orcoolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.The radiator hoses and radiator should notleak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Z 04.4.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or to get caught in thecooling fan, or drive belt.

O The engine cooling fan can start atany time when the coolant tempera-ture is high.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle re-paired at the nearest INFINITI dealer.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I.D. Cardfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or IN-FINITI Warranty Information Booklet(Canada).

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincialin Canada) and local regulations for towingmust be followed. Incorrect towing equipmentcould damage your vehicle. Towing instruc-tions are available from an INFINITI dealer.Local service operators are generally familiarwith the applicable laws and procedures fortowing. To assure proper towing and to pre-vent accidental damage to your vehicle,INFINITI recommends having a service opera-tor tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have theservice operator carefully read the followingprecautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

O Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering system

and power train are in working condi-tion. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

O Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I.D. Cardfor the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or IN-FINITI Warranty Information Booklet(Canada).

For information about towing your vehicle be-hind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to “Flattowing” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Two wheel drive modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truckas illustrated.

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward) as this maycause serious and expensive damageto the transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the rearwheels.

O When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the groundor on towing dollies:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion, and secure the steering wheel ina straight ahead position with a ropeor similar device. Never secure thesteering wheel by turning the ignitionkey to the LOCK position. This maydamage the steering lock mecha-nism.Move the selector lever to the N (Neu-tral) position.

O When the battery of vehicle equippedwith the Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, your vehicle should betowed with the front wheels on tow-ing dollies or place the vehicle on aflat bed truck.

If the speed or distance must necessarily begreater, remove the propeller shaft before tow-ing to prevent damage to the transmission.

SCE0451Two wheel drive models


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

All wheel drive models

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehiclebe placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepower train.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

Securely install the vehicle recovery hookstored with jacking tools.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured in

All wheel drive modelsSCE0452

SCE0453


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

the stored place after use.

WARNING

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

O Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheat andbe damaged.

CAUTION

O Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the vehicle recoveryhooks or main structural members ofthe vehicle. Otherwise, the vehiclebody will be damaged.

O Do not use the vehicle tie downs to freea vehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle using the vehicletie downs or recovery hooks.

O Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle.

Never pull on the hook at an angle.

O Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

O Pulling devices such as ropes or can-vas straps are not recommended foruse in vehicle towing or recovery.

Automatic transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly manu-facturer’s recommendations when using theirproduct.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control Sys-tem.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

Shift back and forth between R (reverse)and D (drive).

Apply the accelerator as little as possible tomaintain the rocking motion.

Release the accelerator pedal before shift-ing between R and D.

Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55kmh).

5. If the vehicle can not be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ....................................................... 7-2Washing................................................................ 7-2Waxing.................................................................. 7-2Removing spots.................................................... 7-3Underbody ............................................................ 7-3Glass .................................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels......................................... 7-3Chrome parts........................................................ 7-3

Cleaning interior ........................................................ 7-3

Floor mats ............................................................ 7-4Seat belts ............................................................. 7-4

Corrosion protection.................................................. 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion............................................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion............................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ................ 7-5

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

In the following cases, please wash your ve-hicle as soon as possible to protect the paintsurface.

O After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

O After driving on coastal roads

O When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehiclewith a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soapsuch as Nissan Car Wash, or a general pur-pose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,

lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasolineor solvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so that the paint surface isnot scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the body

and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Afterwaxing, polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance.

If you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a waxspecified for use over clear coats, such asNissan Liquid or Spray Wax. Your INFINITIdealer can assist you in choosing the properproduct.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

O If the surface does not polish easily, use aroad tar remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible fromthe surface of the paint to avoid lasting dam-age or staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at your INFINITI dealer or any auto-motive accessory store.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing underbody and suspension corrosion.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checked and, ifnecessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the window,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive

cleaners or chlorine based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the elec-trical conductors, radio antenna ele-ments or rear window defogger ele-ments.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte-rior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyland leather surfaces with a clean, soft clothdampened in mild soap solution, then wipeclean with a dry soft cloth. Before using anyfabric protector, read the manufacturer’s rec-ommendations. Some fabric protectors con-tain chemicals that may stain or bleach theseat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

O Never use gasoline, thinner, or anysimilar material.

O The leather seats should be regularlycoated with a leather wax like saddlesoap. Never use car wax.

O Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

O Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

FLOOR MATS

The use of Genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and makeit easier to clean the interior. No matter whatmats are used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly positioned inthe footwell to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if theybecome excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid(Driver side only)

This model includes a front floor mat bracket toact as a floor mat positioning aid. INFINITIfloor mats have been specially designed foryour vehicle model. The driver’s side floor mathas a grommet hole incorporated in it. Simplyposition the mat by placing the floor matbracket through the floor mat grommet holewhile centering the mat in the floorpan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-tion. Allow the belts to dry completely beforeusing them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents since these may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

SAI0012


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION:

O The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

O Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION:

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should be re-moved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing andwhere atmospheric pollution exists and roadsalt is used.

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road saltwill also accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION:

O Wash and wax your vehicle often to keepthe vehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

O Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

O Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fend-ers.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and cor-rosion, which may be required in some areas,consult your local INFINITI dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements........................................ 8-2General maintenance................................................ 8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items.......... 8-3Maintenance precautions .......................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ....................... 8-7Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-9

Checking engine coolant level ............................. 8-9Changing engine coolant ................................... 8-10

Engine oil ................................................................ 8-11Checking engine oil level ................................... 8-11Changing engine oil and filter ........................... 8-12

Automatic transmission fluid ................................... 8-15Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-15Brake fluid ............................................................... 8-15Window washer fluid ............................................... 8-16Battery ..................................................................... 8-17

Jump starting...................................................... 8-18Drive belts ............................................................... 8-18Spark plugs ............................................................. 8-19

Replacing spark plugs........................................ 8-19Air cleaner ............................................................... 8-20

Windshield wiper blades ......................................... 8-20Cleaning ............................................................. 8-20Replacing............................................................ 8-21

Rear window wiper blade........................................ 8-22Parking brake and brake pedal............................... 8-22

Checking parking brake ..................................... 8-22Checking brake pedal ........................................ 8-22Brake booster ..................................................... 8-23

Fuses....................................................................... 8-23Engine compartment .......................................... 8-24Passenger compartment .................................... 8-25

Keyfob battery replacement .................................... 8-26Lights....................................................................... 8-27

Headlights........................................................... 8-28Exterior and interior lights .................................. 8-28

Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-32Tire pressure ...................................................... 8-32Tire labeling........................................................ 8-34Types of tires...................................................... 8-36Tire chains.......................................................... 8-37Changing wheels and tires................................. 8-38

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements withlonger service intervals to save you both timeand money. However, some day-to-day andregular maintenance is essential to maintainyour INFINITI’s good mechanical condition, aswell as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the specified maintenance and the gen-eral maintenance are performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receives theproper maintenance care. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “INFINITI Serviceand Maintenance Guide”. You must refer tothat guide to ensure that necessary mainte-nance is performed on your INFINITI at regularintervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility to

perform these maintenance procedures regu-larly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyou, a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, anINFINITI dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have the sys-tems checked and serviced by an INFINITIdealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained special-ists and are kept up to date with the latestservice information through technical bulletins,service tips, and in-dealership information sys-tems. They are completely qualified to work onINFINITI vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that your INFINITIdealer’s service department performs the bestjob to meet the maintenance requirements onyour vehicle — in a reliable and economicway.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section.If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or haveyour INFINITI dealer perform it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify your INFINITIdealer if you think the repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-cautions” later in this section.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges and latches if necessary. Make surethat the secondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts): When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are miss-ing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the specified pressure.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire rotation*:Sedan: The tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km) to minimize tire wearvariation.

Coupe: The tires cannot be rotated.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

O For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regu-lar basis. Check the windshield at least everysix months for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mecha-nism: On a fairly steep hill check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selector leverin the P (Park) position without applying anybrakes.

Brake pedal*: Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure it has the properdistance under it when depressed fully. Checkthe brake booster function. Be sure to keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Clutch pedal*: Make sure the pedal operatessmoothly and check that it has the proper freeplay.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theproper travel and confirm that your vehicle is

held securely on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to en-sure they operate smoothly and that all latcheslock securely in every position. Check that thehead restraints move up and down smoothlyand that the locks (if so equipped) hold se-curely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (For example, buckles, anchors, ad-justers and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Checkthe belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear ordamage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (For example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure thatthe brake and clutch fluid levels are betweenthe MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after park-ing the vehicle on a level location and turningoff the engine. (Wait at least 10 minutes for theoil to drain back into the oil pan.)

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound ofthe exhaust seems unusual or there is a smellof exhaust fumes, immediately locate thetrouble and correct it. See “Precautions whenstarting and driving” in the “5. Starting and


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

driving” section for exhaust gas (Carbon mon-oxide).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause andhave it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold and the engineis turned off. Check the lines for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make surethe hoses have no cracks, deformation, dete-rioration or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, being carefulto clean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information, see

“Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance andcare” section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the tank.

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourselfor damage to the vehicle. The following aregeneral precautions which should be closelyobserved.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the selectorlever to P (Park) position.

O Be sure the ignition key is OFF orLOCK when performing any parts re-placement or repairs.

O Your vehicle is equipped with an au-tomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warning,even if the ignition key is in the OFFposition and the engine is not run-ning. To avoid injury, always discon-nect the negative battery cable beforeworking near the fan.

O If you must work with the engine

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

running, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

O It is advised to secure or remove anyloose clothing and any jewelry, suchas rings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

O Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

O If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

O Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel and the bat-tery.

O On gasoline engine models with theMultiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System,

the fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by an INFINITI dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine is off.

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn off the engine andwait until it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect eitherthe battery or any transistorized com-ponent connector while the ignitionkey is on.

O Never leave any engine or automatictransmission related component har-ness connector disconnected whilethe ignition key is on.

O Avoid direct contact with used engineoil and coolant. Improperly disposedengine oil, engine coolant and/orother vehicle fluids can hurt the envi-ronment. Always conform to local

regulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion gives instructions regarding only thoseitems which are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating diffi-culties or excessive emissions, and could af-fect your warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, have it done by your INFINITIdealer.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1524

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Air cleaner

SDI1531


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equiva-lent with the proper mixture ratio of 50%anti-freeze and 50% demineralizedwater/distilled water. The use of othertypes of coolant solutions may damageyour engine cooling system.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator. Waituntil the engine and radiator cooldown.

O See “If your vehicle overheats” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure cap. To prevent engine damage,use only a genuine NISSAN radiatorcap.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level. Ifthe reservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fillthe radiator with coolant up to the filler openingand also add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level.

If the engine cooling system frequentlyrequires coolant, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

SDI1385

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

O Major cooling system repairs should beperformed by your INFINITI dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

O Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

O To avoid being scalded, never changethe coolant when the engine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

O Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

1. Open radiator drain plug at the bottom ofradiator, and remove radiator filler cap.

O Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

O Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

2. Close the radiator drain plug securely afterthe coolant is drained.

3. Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mix-ture of anti-freeze solution and demineral-ized water/distilled water. Fill the reservoirtank up to the MAX level. Then install theradiator filler cap.

4. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under noload. Watch the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge for signs of overheating.

5. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filleropening. Fill the reservoir tank up to theMAX level. Check the drain plug for anysign of leakage.

6. Recheck the coolant level after the vehiclehas been driven for a day.

SDI1525


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating with insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such dam-age is not covered by warranty.

SDI1386A SDI1240A SDI1402A

ENGINE OIL


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING ENGINE OIL ANDFILTER

Change the engine oil and filter according tothe maintenance intervals shown in theINFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suit-able floor jack and safety jack stands.

O Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

O A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clips at the rearside of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts that hold theundercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and supportpoints are used to avoid vehicle dam-age.

SDI1410A


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and

completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

O Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

O Check your local regulations.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface ofthe engine.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N zm)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N zm)

Do not use excessive force.9. Refill engine with recommended oil and

install the cap securely.SDI1532 SDI1550


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstickhole while filling the engine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for drain andrefill capacity. The drain and refill capacitydepends on the oil temperature and draintime. Use these specifications for referenceonly. Always use the dipstick to determinethe proper amount of oil in the engine.

CAUTION

When filling oil, do not pull out thedipstick.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11.Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dip-stick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation

1. Install the engine undercover into positionas the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clip out.

b. Hold the engine undercover into position.

c. Insert the clips through the undercover intothe hole in the frame, then push the centerof the clip in to lock the clip in place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold the under-cover in place. Be careful not to strip thebolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin can-cer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

If checking or replacement is required, werecommend your INFINITI dealer for servicing.

CAUTION

O Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

O Using automatic transmission fluidother than Genuine Nissan Matic JATF will cause deterioration in drive-ability and automatic transmissiondurability, and may damage the auto-matic transmission, which is not cov-ered by the INFINITI new vehicle lim-ited warranty.

The specified automatic transmission fluid isalso described on caution labels located in theengine compartment.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD range atfluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva-lent.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluidis below the MIN line or the brake warning lightcomes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super HeavyDuty Brake Fluid or equivalent to DOT 3 fluidup to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be thoroughlychecked by your INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or con-taminated fluid may damage the brake

SDI1408 SDI1610

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

system. Do not add synthetic brakefluid. The use of improper fluids candamage the brake system and affect thevehicle’s stopping ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, wash with water.

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add a washer solvent to thewater for better cleaning. In the winter season,add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.SDI1388

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Anycorrosion should be washed off with asolution of baking soda and water.

O Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the (—) negative batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by battery action is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touch orrub your eyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If you get acid on your eyes,skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

O Do not operate the vehicle if the bat-tery fluid is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the battery

which can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

O When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

O Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after han-dling.

O Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the MAX and MIN lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

1. Remove the cell plugs.

2. Add distilled water up to the MAX level.

3. Tighten cell plugs.

DI0137M

BATTERY


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump start-ing” in the “6. In case of emergency” section. Ifthe engine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact yourINFINITI dealer.

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

.: Tension checking points

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Power steering fluid pump

5. Air conditioner compressor

SDI1480 SDI1549 SDI1411A

DRIVE BELTS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesion orlooseness. If the belt is in poor condition orloose, have it replaced or adjusted by yourINFINITI dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in the INFINITI ser-vice and maintenance guide.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see your INFINITIdealer for servicing.

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-ventional type spark plugs since they will lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenance sched-ule but, do not reuse them by cleaning orregapping.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

SDI0145

SPARK PLUGS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

If maintenance is required, see your INFINITIdealer for servicing.

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the mainte-nance intervals. See the INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide for maintenance intervals.When replacing the filter, wipe the inside of theair cleaner housing and the cover with a dampcloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops flameif the engine backfires. If it is notthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine with theair cleaner removed. Doing so couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

O After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position.

Otherwise it may be damaged whenthe engine hood is opened.

O Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass, otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

O Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-

gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. Ifyour windshield is still not clear after cleaningthe blades and using the wiper, replace theblades.

AIR CLEANER WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper armuntil a click sounds.

If necessary, clean the windshield washernozzle with a needle or small pin.

DI1018M

SDI1390


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Contact your INFINITI dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress the park-ing brake pedal slowly and firmly, and checkthe distance between the initial and final posi-tion of the pedal. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal andthe metal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

SDI1391B DI1020MK

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKEPEDAL


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

See your INFINITI dealer and have itchecked if the brake pedal height doesnot return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indi-cator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, oc-casional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, seethe appropriate maintenance log shown in theINFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease gradu-ally with each depression as the vacuum isreleased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourINFINITI dealer.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

FUSES


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery and the fuse/fusiblelink holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by yourINFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine NISSANparts.

SDI1479


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fusepuller and pull it out.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by your

INFINITI dealer.

SDI1393


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X


1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva-lent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom case.


4. Push the keyfob button two or three timesto check its operation.





O The keyfob is water-resistant; however,if it gets wet, immediately wipe it com-pletely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.

SPA1374

KEYFOB BATTERYREPLACEMENT


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Clearance light/Daytime running light(Canada)

2. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

3. Front turn signal light

4. Front side marker light

5. Interior light/Map light

6. Ceiling light (if so equipped)

7. Rear personal light

8. Luggage light (side)

9. Front fog light

10. Step light

11. High-mounted stop light

12. Luggage light (roof)

13. License plate light

14. Back-up light

15. Tail/Stop/Turning signal lights

16. Rear side marker light

SDI1526

LIGHTS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

If replacement is required, see an INFINITIdealer.

Xenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble the headlight assembly.Always have your xenon headlights re-placed at an INFINITI dealer. For addi-tional information, see “Headlight andturn signal switch” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal 21 T20

Clearance/Daytime running light 5/21 T20

Front side marker light 3.8 T10

Front fog light* 51 HB4

Rear combination light

Tail/Stop/Turn signal lights* (LED) —

Side marker light 3.8 T10

Back-up light 18 T16

License plate light 5 T10

High-mounted stop light* (LED) —

Map light 8 —

Ceiling light (if so equipped) 8 —

Rear personal light 8 —

Step light* 5 —

Luggage (roof, side) light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 1.32 —

*: See an INFINITI dealer for replacement.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

MDI0006

SDI1527


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1528 SDI1529 SDI1398B


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1399B

SDI1407A

SDI1530

SDI1548


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including the spare)often and always prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel under the “Recommended Cold Tire In-flation Pressure” heading. The Tire and Load-ing Information label is affixed to the driverside center pillar. Tire pressures should bechecked regularly because:

O Most tires naturally lose air over time.

O Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked whenthe tires are cold. The tires are consideredCOLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including underin-flation, may adversely affect tire life andvehicle handling.

TIRE PRESSURE

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

O The vehicle capacity weight is indi-cated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label. Do not load your vehiclebeyond this capacity. Overloadingyour vehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure, or unfa-vorable handling characteristics andcould also lead to a serious accident.Loading beyond the specified capac-ity may also result in failure of othervehicle components.

O Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou have loaded your vehicle heavily,use a tire pressure gauge to ensurethat the tire pressure is at the speci-fied level.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (140 km/h) unless it is equipped

with high speed capability tires. Driv-ing faster than 85 MPH (140 km/h)may result in tire failure, loss of con-trol and possible injury.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the INFINITIWarranty Information Booklet.

Low tire pressure warning system

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system. It monitors tire pres-sure of all tires except the spare. When the lowtire pressure warning light is lit, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. Thesystem also displays pressure of all tires (ex-cept the spare tire) on the display screen bysending a signal from a sensor that is installedin each wheel.

The low tire pressure warning system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, thissystem may not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire while driving).

For more details, refer to ‘‘Low tire pressure

WHEELS AND TIRES


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

warning light’’ in the ‘‘2. Instruments and con-trols’’ section, ‘‘Tire pressure information’’ inthe ‘‘4. Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems’’ section, ‘‘Low tire pres-sure warning system’’ in the ‘‘5. Starting anddriving’’ section, and ‘‘Flat tire’’ in the ‘‘6. Incase of emergency’’ section.

Tire and loading information label

j1 Seating capacity: The maximum number ofoccupants that can be seated in the vehicle.

j2 Vehicle load limit: See loading informationin the Technical and consumer informationsection.

j3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

SDI1574


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

j4 Recommended cold tire inflation pressure:Inflate the tires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the best balance oftire wear, vehicle handling driveability, tirenoise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

j5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” later inthis section.

j6 and j7 Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto thevalve stem. Do not press too hard or forcethe valve stem sideways, or air will escape.If the hissing sound of air escaping from thetire is heard while checking the pressure,reposition the gauge to eliminate this leak-age.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stemand compare it to the specification shownon the Tire and Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much airis added, press the core of the valve stembriefly with the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires, includ-ing the spare. (Refer to the “Wheels andtires” section)

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the sidewallof all tires. This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard certification.The TIN can be used to identify the tire in caseof a recall.

SDI1575


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

j1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed forpassenger vehicles. (Not all tires have thisinformation.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tire fromsidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number, knownas the aspect ratio, gives the tire’s ratio ofheight to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number is thewheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This num-ber is the tire’s load index. It is a measure-ment of how much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find this informationon all tires because it is not required by law.

7. H: Speed Rating. The speed rating denotesthe speed at which a tire is designed to bedriven for extended periods of time. Theratings range from 98 miles per hour (MPH)to 186 MPH. (You may not find this infor-mation on all tires because it is not requiredby law.)

j2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for new tire(example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department ofTransportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Num-ber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifica-tion mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)

SDI1606 SDI1607


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Four-digit code: Date of ManufactureFour numbers represent the week and yearthe tire was built. For example, the numbers3103 means the 31st week of 2003.

j3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which include steel,nylon, polyester, and others.

j4 Maximum permissible inflation pressureThis number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible infla-tion pressure.

j5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximum load inkilograms and pounds that can be carriedby the tire. When replacing the tires on thevehicle, always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installed tire.

j6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates that the tire requires an inner tube(“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

j7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tire hasradial structure.

j8 Manufacturer or Brand nameManufacturer or Brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology

In addition to the many terms that are definedthroughout this section, Intended OutboardSidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains awhitewall, bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model name moldingthat is higher or deeper than the same moldingon the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) theoutward racing sidewall of an asymmetrical tirethat has a particular side that must always faceoutward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

O When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., summer, all season or snow) andconstruction. Your INFINITI dealermay be able to help you with informa-tion about tire type, size, speed ratingand availability.

O Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory

equipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for useall year around, including snowy and icy roadconditions. All season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.Snow tires have better snow traction than allseason tires and may be more appropriate insome areas.

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on some mod-els to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substan-tially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tiresdo not have the tire traction rating M&S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends the useof snow or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rating tothe original equipment tires. If you do not, itcan adversely affect the safety and handling ofyour vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some provincesand states prohibit their use. Check local, stateand provincial laws before installing studdedtires. Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

All wheel drive models

CAUTION

O Always use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result ina circumference difference betweentires on the front and rear axles whichwill cause excessive tire wear andmay damage the transmission, trans-fer case and differential gears.

O ONLY use spare tires specified foreach 4-wheel drive model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the same size, brand, construction andtread pattern. The tire pressure and wheelalignment should also be checked and cor-rected as necessary. Contact your INFINITIdealer.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chains in

such conditions can cause damage to thevarious mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before install-ing tire chains. When installing tire chains,make sure they are of proper size for the tireson your vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer instructions. Use onlySAE class S chains. Class “S” chains areused on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAE standardminimum clearances between the tire and theclosest vehicle suspension or body componentrequired to accommodate the use of a wintertraction device (tire chains or cables). Theminimum clearances are determined using thefactory equipped tire size. Other types maydamage your vehicle. Use chain tensionerswhen recommended by the tire chain manu-facturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links ofthe tire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or undercarriage. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at a re-duced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling and perfor-mance may be adversely affected.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire chains must be installed only on the rearwheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY). Do not usethe chains on dry roads.

Driving with chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mechanisms ofthe vehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends that tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N zm)

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, adjust the tirepressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

O Do not include the T-type spare tire orany other small size spare tire in thetire rotation.


SDI0724


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulging,or objects caught in the tread. If ex-cessive wear, cracks, bulging, ordeep cuts are found, the tire shouldbe replaced.

O The original tires have a built-in treadwear indicator. When the wear indica-

tor is visible, the tire should be re-placed.

O Improper service for a spare tire mayresult in serious personal injury. If itis necessary to repair the spare tire,contact your INFINITI dealer.


Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,speed rating and load carrying capacity asoriginally equipped. See “Specifications” in the“9. Technical and consumer information” sec-tion for recommended types and sizes of tiresand wheels.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use of

tires of different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead toaccidents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same offset dimen-sion. Wheels of a different offsetcould cause early tire wear, possiblydegraded vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad wear.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-sure warning system will not func-tion. Contact your INFINITI dealer as

MDI0004


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

soon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting. (For modelswith the low tire pressure warningsystem)

O Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warn-ing.

O The use of retread tires is not recom-mended.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, theyshould be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing

the rear wheels on the vehicle could lead tomechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in theINFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels

O Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

O INFINITI recommends that the side walls ofroad wheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is used duringwinter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire (T-type))

Observe the following precautions if the T-typespare tire must be used, otherwise your ve-

hicle could be damaged or involved in anaccident.

CAUTION

O The T-type spare tire should be usedonly for emergency. It should be re-placed by the standard tire at the firstopportunity.

O Drive carefully while the T-type sparetire is installed.

O Avoid sharp turns and abrupt brakingwhile driving.

O Periodically check the T-type sparetire inflation pressure, and alwayskeep it at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

O Always keep the pressure of the fullsize spare tire (if so equipped) at therecommended pressure for standardtires, as indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. For thelabel location, see “Tire and LoadingInformation label” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information”.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not drive your vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

O Do not use tire chains on a T-typespare tire. Tire chains will not fit prop-erly on the T-type spare tire and maycause damage to the vehicle.

O When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the T-type spare tireshould be used on the front wheeland the original tire used on the rearwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the rear two original tires.

O Tire tread of the T-type spare tire willwear at a faster rate than the originaltire. Replace the T-type spare tire assoon as the tread wear indicatorsappear.

O Because the T-type spare tire issmaller than the original tire, groundclearance is reduced. To avoid dam-age to the vehicle do not drive overobstacles. Also do not drive the ve-hicle through an automatic car washsince it may get caught.

O Do not use the T-type spare tire onother vehicles.

O Do not use more than one T-typespare tire at the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer while the T-typespare tire is installed.


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ........... 9-2Fuel recommendation........................................... 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.............. 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number................. 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ................................................. 9-7

Specifications ............................................................ 9-8Engine .................................................................. 9-8Wheels and tires ................................................ 9-10Dimensions and weights .................................... 9-10

When traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry..................................................................... 9-11Vehicle identification ............................................... 9-11

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate........... 9-11Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber) .............................................................. 9-11Engine serial number ......................................... 9-12F.M.V.S.S. certification label .............................. 9-12Emission control information label ..................... 9-13Tire placard ........................................................ 9-13

Air conditioner specification label....................... 9-13Installing front license plate..................................... 9-14Vehicle loading information..................................... 9-15

Terms ................................................................. 9-15Vehicle load capacity ......................................... 9-16Loading tips ........................................................ 9-16

Towing a trailer ....................................................... 9-17Maximum load limits........................................... 9-17Towing load/specification chart .......................... 9-19Towing safety ..................................................... 9-19Flat towing .......................................................... 9-21

Uniform tire quality grading..................................... 9-22Emission control system warranty .......................... 9-23Reporting safety defects (US only) ......................... 9-23Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ................................................................. 9-24Event Data Recorders............................................. 9-25Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation............................................................... 9-25

In the event of a collision ................................... 9-25

Z 04.4.5/S50-D/V5.0 X

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) RecommendedspecificationsUS measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 23-3/4 gal 19-3/4 gal 90 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter changeVK45DE 6-3/4 qt 5-5/8 qt 6.4

For VK45DE engineO API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*2, *3O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III*2, *3For VQ35DE engineO API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*3O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*3

VQ35DE 5 qt 4-1/8 qt 4.7

Without oil filterchange

VK45DE 6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt 5.8

VQ35DE 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt 4.4

Cooling system

With reservoirVK45DE 10-5/8 qt 8-3/4 qt 10.0

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalentVQ35DE 9-1/8 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.6

ReservoirVK45DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8VQ35DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF*4Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*7

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN AutomaticTransmission Fluid*8

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructionsin the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*10Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3 (U.S. FMVSS No. 116)Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*9

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — Nissan A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

Windshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durab ility, and may damage the automatic

transmission, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.*5: Available in mainland US through your INFINITI dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0°C (32°F).*8: DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including

recommended brand(s) of DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM automatic transmission fluid.*9: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in this section for air conditioner specification label.*10: For Canada, Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VK45DE engine

In order to maintain engine and exhaust sys-tem durability and performance, unleaded pre-mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87AKI number (Research octane number 91)may be temporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration

VQ35DE engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

For improved vehicle performance, INFINITIrecommends the use of unleaded premiumgasoline with an octane rating of at least 91AKI number (Research octane number 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol devices and systems, and couldalso affect the warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulated gaso-line when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising their pres-ence. INFINITI does not recommend the useof fuels of which the oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannotbe readily determined. If in doubt, ask yourservice station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usage ofsuch fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

O The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than that rec-ommended for unleaded gasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol (me-thyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It shouldalso contain a suitable amount of appro-priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi-tors. If not properly formulated with ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or ve-hicle performance problems. At thistime, sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends are suit-able for use in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling and hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blend fu-els, immediately change to a non-oxygenate

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of anyfuel additives (i.e. fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.)which are sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish or depositremoval may contain active solvent or similaringredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you should useunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number.However, you may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 85 AKI number inthese high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219m)] such as: Colorado, Montana, New Mexico,Utah, Wyoming, northeastern Nevada, south-ern Idaho, western South Dakota, westernNebraska, and that part of Texas which isdirectly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can cause

persistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have your dealer correct the condi-tion. Failure to correct the condition ismisuse of the vehicle, for which INFINITI isnot responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,after-run or overheating. This in turn maycause excessive fuel consumption or damageto the engine. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked atan INFINITI dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality, andviscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine lifeand performance. INFINITI recommends theuse of a low friction oil (energy conserving oil)in order to improve fuel economy and con-serve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the American Pe-troleum Institute (API) certification mark on the

front of the container should be used. This typeof oil supersedes the existing API SG, SH, orSJ and Energy Conserving I & II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APIcertification mark, use an API grade SJ or SL,Energy conserving oil. An ILSAC grade GF-II& GF-III oil can also be used.

INFINITI recommends mineral based oils.These oils must however, meet the API qualityand SAE viscosity ratings specified for yourvehicle.

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant that the engine oil viscosity be selectedbased on the temperatures at which the ve-hicle will be operated before the next oilchange. The recommended SAE viscositynumber chart shows the recommended oilviscosities for the expected ambient tempera-tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other than thatrecommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replac-ing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalentfor the reason described in change intervals.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for your

STI0367


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

engine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other thanthe specified quality, or oil and filter changeintervals longer than recommended could re-duce engine life. Damage to engines causedby improper maintenance or use of incorrectoil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not have tochange the oil before the first recommendedchange interval. Oil and filter change intervalsdepend upon how you use your vehicle. Op-eration under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

O repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures,

O driving in dusty conditions,

O extensive idling,

O towing a trailer.

O Operating in hot weather in stop-and-gorush hour traffic.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (−18°C).

5W-30 will positively improve fueleconomy.

TI1028-C


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in this INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,Nissan A/C System Oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubri-cant will cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will require thereplacement of all air conditioner sys-tem components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does notaffect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-mental regulations require the recovery andrecycling of any refrigerant during automotiveair conditioning system service. Your INFINITIdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact your INFINITI dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE VK45DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement6-cylinder,V-slanted at 60°

8-cylinder,V-slanted at 90°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm)3.760 3 3.205 (95.53 81.4)

3.661 3 3.256 (93.03 82.7)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498) 274.2 (4,494)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6* 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2*1

Idle speed rpm See the emissioncontrol informationlabel on the under-side of the hood.

See the emissioncontrol label on theunderside of thehood.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

CO percentage at idlespeed

[No air] %

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11 PLFR5A-11

Service optionHot type PLFR4A-11 PLFR4A-11

Cold type PLFR6A-11 PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

TI0001-D

SPECIFICATIONS


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regula-tions.

STI0109B


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum18 x 8JJ20 x 8JJ

1.57 (40)

*: Option for Canada

Tire

Type Size Pressure (Cold)

ConventionalP265/60R18

220 kPa, 32 psiP265/50R20

SpareT175/90D18 420 kPa, 60 psi

Conventional —

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

MPV

Overall length in (mm) 189.1 (4,803)

Overall width in (mm) 75.8 (1,925)

Overall height in (mm)65.0 (1,652)65.9 (1,672.6)*

Front tread in (mm) 62.7 (1,592)

Rear tread in (mm) 64.6 (1,642)

Wheelbase in (mm) 112.2 (2,850)

Gross vehicle weight rating See the F.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label on the driver’s sidelock pillar.Gross axle weight rating

*: Roof rail equipped models


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

When planning to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded engine gaso-line. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle toareas where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. INFINITI is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifi-cation for your vehicle and is used in thevehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

STI0345 STI0346

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRatings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-view it carefully.

STI0303A STI0266A STI0347


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the tireplacard affixed as shown.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is affixedinside of the hood as shown.

STI0348 STI0349 STI0350


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the vinylbag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning part jA of the front bumperwith part jB of the rear surface of thelicense plate bracket.

2. To determine where to drill the hole, markalong both sides of the mounting hole byusing a felt-tip pen.

3. Remove the license plate bracket and con-nect the arcs to form ovals. Mark the pointin the center of each oval. These are thepilot drilling locations.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39inch (10 mm) drill bit at the marked loca-tions. (Be sure that the drill only goesthrough the fascia, or damage to the nutmay occur.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 90° turn onto the partjC .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

9. Install the license plate with bolts that areno longer than 0.55 inch (14 mm).

STI0351

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSEPLATE


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areasare more likely to be seriously injuredor killed

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle)- vehicle weight including: standard andoptional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengersand cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total combined weight of the un-loaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch,trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is located onthe F.M.V.S.S. label.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S. label.

O GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) -The maximum total weight rating of thevehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.

O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Totalload capacity - maximum total weight limitspecified of the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximumcombined weight of occupants and cargothat can be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailertongue weight must be included as part ofthe cargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Information label.

O Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occupantsfrom the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADINGINFORMATION


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occupantsand cargo” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. Do not exceed the number of occu-pants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the Tireand Loading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occupants andcargo”, add the weight of all occupants, thenadd the total luggage weight to the value.Examples are shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

(1)Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kilograms or XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be riding inyour vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driverand passengers from XXX kilograms orXXX pounds.

(4)The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX” amount equals1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.passengers in your vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. [1,400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.]

(5)Determine the combined weight of luggageand cargo being loaded on the vehicle. Forsafety, that weight must not exceed theavailable cargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, loadfrom your trailer will be transferred to yourvehicle. Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehicle.

LOADING TIPS

O The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S. cer-tification label.

O Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

STI0365


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING


O Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts onyour vehicle can break, or it canchange the way your vehicle handles.This could result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

O Overloading not only could shortenthe life of your vehicle and the tires,but also could lead to hazardous ve-hicle handling and long braking dis-tance. This may cause a prematuretire malfunction, which could result ina serious accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by your warranty.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer will place addi-tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.

Information on trailer towing ability and thespecial equipment required should be ob-tained from your INFINITI dealer. He can ob-tain an INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide foryou.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart. The total trailer loadequals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.

O When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs.(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following Towing Load/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers andcargo) plus the total trailer load. Towing loadsgreater than these or using improper towingequipment could adversely affect vehicle han-dling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may haveto be reduced on very steep grades or in lowtraction situations (for example, on slipperyboat ramps).

TI1011M

TOWING A TRAILER


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures are not covered byINFINITI warranties. An INFINITI TrailerTowing Guide (U.S. only) containing in-formation on trailer towing ability andthe special equipment required may beobtained from an INFINITI dealer.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11% of thetotal trailer load within the maximum tongueload limits shown in the following TowingLoad/Specifications Chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed. GVWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label. The gross ve-hicle weight equals the combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch,trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear gross axleweight must not exceed GAWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TI1012M


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

MODELWEIGHT

VQ35DE, VK45DE

A/T

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING

VQ35DE 8,000 (3,629)

VK45DE 8,100 (3,674)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. INFINITI recommends the useof a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devicesare not offered by INFINITI. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed swaycontrol device for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchCheck the towing capacity of your receivertype frame mounted hitch. Choose a properhitch for your vehicle and trailer. A genuineINFINITI trailer hitch is available from yourINFINITI dealer (US only). Make sure thetrailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle,to help avoid personal injury or property dam-age due to sway caused by crosswinds, roughroad surfaces or passing trucks.

CAUTION

O Special hitches which include framereinforcements are required for tow-ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). SuitableGenuine INFINITI hitches for pickuptruck and sport utility vehicles areavailable at a INFINITI dealer.

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O After the hitch is removed, seal thebolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering the pas-senger compartment.

O Regularly check all hitch mountingbolts are securely mounted.

O To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thehitch and/or receiver when not in use.

O Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pressureindicated on the tire placard (located on thedriver side center pillar).

O Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be in ac-cordance with the trailer and tire manufac-turers’ specifications.

Safety chains

Always use a suitable chain between your

vehicle and the trailer. The safety chain shouldbe crossed and should be attached to thehitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Besure to leave enough slack in the chain topermit turning corners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. When wiring the vehicle fortowing, connect the stop and tail light pickupinto the vehicle electrical circuit at a pointbetween the sensor and stop light or lightswitch.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking sys-tem, make sure it conforms to federal and/orlocal regulations and that it is properly in-stalled.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloaded

trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle ifit has an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shifts while driving.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing be-fore driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability, andbraking performance will be somewhat differ-ent than under normal driving conditions.

O Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

O Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on a


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

slope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so, first apply the parking brakeand block the wheels, and then move thetransmission selector lever into the P (Park)position. If you move the selector lever tothe P (Park) position before blocking thewheels and applying the parking brake, thetransmission may get damaged.

O When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending on a long grade, down-shift the transmission to a lower gear andreduce speed to reduce chances of engineoverloading and/or overheating.

O If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing consumes more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule.

O When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possiblycausing vehicle sway. When being passedby larger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually) re-duce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

O Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not useor overdrive (automatic transmission).

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change transmissionoil more frequently.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such asa motor home.

CAUTION

O Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission dam-age.

O Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never backward.

O DO NOT tow any automatic transmis-sion vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground (flat towing). Doing soWILL DAMAGE internal transmissionparts due to lack of transmissionlubrication.


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

O For emergency towing proceduressee “Towing recommended byINFINITI” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual. Referto “Towing recommended byINFINITI” earlier in this chapter.

To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly manu-facturer’s recommendations when using theirproduct.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when tested undercontrolled conditions on specified governmenttest courses. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1-1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tire graded100. However, relative tire performance de-pends on actual driving conditions, and mayvary significantly from the norm due to varia-tions in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt

and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydro-planing, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent a tire’s resistance toheat build-up, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause tire mate-rial to degenerate, reducing tire life. Excessivetemperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.Grade C corresponds to a performance levelwhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades A and B represent higher levels ofperformance on laboratory test wheels thanthe minimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADING


Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat buildup and pos-sible tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet for de-tails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet (Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information (Canada only)) thatcomes with your INFINITI. If you did not re-ceive a Warranty Information Booklet (War-ranty and Roadside Assistance Information(Canada only)), or it has become lost, you mayobtain a replacement by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90247-6838

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to no-tifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the AutoSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236.You may also write to: NHTSA, U.S. De-partment of Transportation, Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle safety fromthe Hotline.

You may notify INFINITI by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-662-6200.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS(US only)


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain driving pat-terns. Usually, the “ready condition” can beobtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle maybe reset to a not “ready condition”. Beforetaking the I/M test, drive the vehicle throughthe following pattern to set the vehicle to theready condition. If you cannot or do not want toperform the driving pattern, an INFINITI dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to traffic con-ditions, and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idleuntil the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle points between the C and H (normaloperating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speedof 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3 min-utes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmissiongear selector lever in the “P” or “N” position.

9. Rev the engine up between 2,500 and3,500 rpm and hold it there for 3 consecu-tive minutes, then release the acceleratorpedal completely.

10.Wait 5 seconds with the engine at idle.

11.Rev the engine up between 2,000 and3,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 5consecutive minutes.

12.Turn the engine off.

13.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode is ac-ceptable between steps. Do not stop the en-gine until step 7 is completed.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (USonly)


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your vehicle is equipped with a variety ofcomputers that monitor and control a numberof systems to optimize performance and helpservice technicians with diagnosis and repair.Depending on the equipment on your vehicle,some of the computers monitor emission con-trol systems, braking systems and air bagsystems, just to name a few. Some data aboutvehicle operation may be stored in the com-puters for use during servicing. Other datamay be stored if a crash event occurs. Forexample, air bag readiness, air bag perfor-mance, and seat belt use by the driver orpassenger may be recorded, depending onvehicle equipment. These types of systemsare sometimes called Event Data Recorders.

Special equipment can be used to access theelectronic data that may be stored in thevehicle’s computers (sounds are not re-corded). INFINITI and INFINITI dealers haveequipment to access some of this data; othersmay also have this equipment. The data maybe retrieved during routine vehicle servicing orfor special research. It might also be accessedwith the consent of the vehicle owner or lesseein response to a request by law enforcement,or as otherwise required or permited by law.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illus-trations and step-by-step diagnostic and ad-justment procedures, this manual is the sameone used by the factory trained techniciansworking at authorized INFINITI dealerships.Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner’sManuals, and genuine INFINITI Service andOwner’s Manuals for older INFINITI models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see an INFINITI dealer, orcontact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals for the 2004

model year and prior, see an INFINITI dealer,or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest INFINITI dealer. For thephone number and location of an INFINITIdealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITI mod-els.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this un-likely event, there is some important informa-tion you should know. Many insurance compa-nies routinely authorize the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to cut costs,among other reasons.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


Z 04.4.14/S50-D/V5.0 X

Insist on the use of GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to INFINITI’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution issimple. Tell your insurance agent and yourrepair shop to only use Genuine INFINITICollision Parts. INFINITI does not warrantnon-INFINITI parts, nor does INFINITI’s war-ranty apply to damage caused by a non-genuine parts.

Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value ofyour vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased,using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent orlimit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex-penses at the end of your lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built in safety features. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states and certain territories/provinces, the law says you must be advised ifnon-genuine parts are used to repair yourvehicle. And some states and provinces haveenacted laws that restrict insurance compa-nies from authorizing the use of non-genuinecollision parts during the new vehicle warranty.These laws help protect you, so you can takeaction to protect yourself.

It’s your right!


Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)......................... 5-44Aiming control, Headlights .............................. 2-23Air bag system, Side and curtain(See supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag system)............................ 1-16Air bag warning labels .................................... 1-19Air bag warning light.............................. 1-19, 2-13Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-20Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ........................... 4-18Air conditioner service ..................... 4-18, 4-21Air conditioner specification label.............. 9-13Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations................ 4-21, 9-7Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ..... 4-18In-cabin microfilter ..................................... 4-21

Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-5Anchor point locations, Top tether strap ........ 1-41Antenna........................................................... 4-43Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)........................ 5-44Anti-lock brake warning light............................. 2-9Appearance care

Exterior appearance care............................ 7-2Interior appearance care ............................. 7-3

Armrest ............................................................. 1-7Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray).... 2-30Audible reminders........................................... 2-15

Audio operation precautions........................... 4-23Audio system .................................................. 4-22Autochanger

Compact Disc (CD) ................................... 4-30Autolight system ............................................. 2-22Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror .............................. 3-32Automatic sunroof ..................................... 2-36Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-15Automatic transmission position indicatorlight ............................................................ 2-14Drive positioner ......................................... 3-33Driving with automatic transmission.......... 5-12Seat positioner, seat ................................. 3-33Transmission selector lever lockrelease....................................................... 5-15

Avoiding collision and rollover .......................... 5-5AWD (all wheel drive) warning light ............... 2-10

B

Back door........................................................ 3-25Battery............................................................. 8-17

Battery saver system................................. 2-23Battery replacement

Intelligent Key system........................ 3-8, 3-20Remote keyless entry system............ 3-8, 3-20

Before starting the engine .............................. 5-11Belts (See drive belts) .................................... 8-18

BrakeAnti-lock brake system (ABS) ................... 5-44Brake assist (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem) ...................................................... 5-37Brake booster ............................................ 8-23Brake fluid ................................................. 8-15Brake pedal ............................................... 8-22Brake pedal check..................................... 8-22Brake system............................................. 5-44Parking brake check ........................ 5-15, 8-22Parking brake operation ............................ 5-15Warning light ............................................. 2-10

Break-in schedule ........................................... 5-40Brightness control, Instrument panel .............. 2-24Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-9Bulb replacement............................................ 8-27

C

Cabin air filter ................................................. 4-21Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-43Card holder ..................................................... 2-34Cargo (See vehicle loading information) ........ 2-34Cargo net ........................................................ 2-34Cassette player (See audio system) .............. 4-29Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst............ 5-3CD care and cleaning..................................... 4-32Child restraints................................................ 1-32

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Installation on front passenger seat.......... 1-41Installation on rear seat outboard or centerpositions ................................................... 1-34Precautions on child restraints.................. 1-32Top tether strap anchor point locations .... 1-41With top tether strap.................................. 1-40

Child safety ..................................................... 1-24Child safety rear door lock................................ 3-5Chimes

Audible reminders ..................................... 2-15Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-13

Cigarette lighter and ashtray .......................... 2-30Circuit breaker, Fusible link ............................ 8-24Cleaning exterior and interior .................... 7-2, 7-3Clock ............................................................... 2-28Cold weather driving....................................... 5-47Compact Disc (CD) changer operation .......... 4-30Compact spare tire ......................................... 8-40Compass display .............................................. 2-6Console box.................................................... 2-33Control panel buttons (models with navigationsystem) ............................................................. 4-7Control panel buttons (models without navigationsystem) ............................................................. 4-2Controls

Control panel buttons (display with navigationsystem) ........................................................ 4-7Control panel buttons (display withoutnavigation system) ...................................... 4-2Heater and air conditioner controls(automatic)................................................. 4-18

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant .......................... 8-10

Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-9Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5Cruise control.................................................. 5-16Cruise control, Fixed speed cruise control(on ICC system).............................................. 5-34Cruise control, Intelligent cruise controlsystem............................................................. 5-18Cup holders .................................................... 2-31Curtain side-impact air bag system(See supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag system)............................ 1-16CVT, Transmission selector lever lockrelease ............................................................ 5-15

D

Daytime running light system ......................... 2-24Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch............................................... 2-20Dimensions and weights................................. 9-10Display controls (See control panel buttons), Withnavigation system ............................................. 4-7Display controls (See control panel buttons),Without navigation system................................ 4-2Door open warning light ................................. 2-11Drive belts ....................................................... 8-18Drive positioner, Automatic............................. 3-33Driving

Cold weather driving ................................. 5-47Driving with automatic transmission.......... 5-12On-pavement and offroad driving ............... 5-3Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2Safety precautions....................................... 5-5

DVD player, Infiniti mobile entertainmentsystem............................................................. 4-34

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................ 5-40Emission control information label.................. 9-13Emission control system warranty .................. 9-23Engine

Before starting the engine......................... 5-11Break-in schedule...................................... 5-40Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant .......................... 8-10Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-12Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-9Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-11Coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5Engine block heater .................................. 5-49Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-7Engine cooling system ................................ 8-9Engine oil................................................... 8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation..... 9-5Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................ 9-12Engine specifications................................... 9-8If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-11Starting the engine .................................... 5-11

Event Data Recorders .................................... 9-25Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ...................... 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label........................... 9-12

10-2

Z 04.3.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

FilterAir cleaner housing filter ........................... 8-20Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-12

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch)............................................................. 2-25Flat tire.............................................................. 6-2Flat tire, Low tire pressure warningsystem ....................................................... 5-3, 5-4Flat towing ...................................................... 9-21Floor mat cleaning ............................................ 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-15Brake fluid ................................................. 8-15Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Engine coolant............................................. 8-9Engine oil................................................... 8-11Power steering fluid................................... 8-15Window washer fluid ................................. 8-16

FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player andCompact Disc (CD) changer........................... 4-26Fog light switch............................................... 2-25Front power seat adjustment ............................ 1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2filler cap ..................................................... 3-27filler lid ....................................................... 3-27Fuel economy............................................ 5-40Fuel octane rating ....................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation.................................. 9-3Gauge.......................................................... 2-5

Fuses .............................................................. 8-23Fusible links .................................................... 8-24

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ..................................................... 2-40Gas cap .......................................................... 3-27Gauge ............................................................... 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge............. 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5Odometer..................................................... 2-4Speedometer ............................................... 2-4Tachometer ................................................. 2-4

General maintenance ....................................... 8-2Glove box........................................................ 2-32Glove box lock ................................................ 2-32

H

Hazard warning flasher switch........................ 2-25Head restraints ................................................. 1-6Headlights

Aiming control............................................ 2-23Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-28Headlight switch ........................................ 2-21Xenon headlights....................................... 2-20

Headphones (See Infiniti mobile entertainmentsystem) ........................................................... 4-37Heated seats................................................... 2-26Heater

Engine coolant heater ............................... 5-49Heater and air conditioner (automatic) ..... 4-18

HomeLink Universal Transceiver.................. 2-40Hood release .................................................. 3-25Horn ................................................................ 2-26

How to stop alarm, Vehicle securitysystems........................................................... 2-17

I

Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) ..... 3-13, 5-9Ignition knob positions .................................... 5-10Ignition switch

(except Intelligent Key system) ................... 5-8Automatic transmission models ................ 5-12Key positions ............................................... 5-8

Immobilizer system ......................................... 2-17In-cabin microfilter .......................................... 4-21Indicator lights................................................. 2-14Infiniti mobile entertainment system (MES).... 4-34Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

Engine start........................................ 5-9, 5-10Inside

Automatic anti-glare mirror........................ 3-32Mirror ......................................................... 3-31

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test................... 9-24Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-24Instrument panel ............................................... 2-2Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system............ 5-18Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system, Brakeassist ............................................................... 5-37Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system, Previewfunction ........................................................... 5-44Intelligent Key system....................................... 3-9Intelligent Key system, Engine starting .......... 3-13Intelligent Key system, Key operatingrange............................................................... 3-15Intelligent Key system, Key operation ............ 3-12

10-3

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent Key system, Mechanical key and valetkey .................................................................. 3-24Intelligent Key system, Operating theengine ............................................................. 3-13Intelligent Key system, Remote keylessoperation ......................................................... 3-21Intelligent Key system, Trouble-shootingguide ............................................................... 3-19Intelligent Key system, Warning light ............. 2-13Intelligent Key system, Warning signals......... 3-17Intelligent key warning light ............................ 2-13Interior light............................................ 2-38, 2-39Interior light replacement ................................ 8-28ISOFIX child restraint ..................................... 1-39

J

Jump starting .................................................... 6-8

K

Keyless entryWith Intelligent Key system (See IntelligentKey system)............................................... 3-21Without Intelligent Key system (See remotekeyless entry system).................................. 3-5

Keys, Except Intelligent Key............................. 3-2Keys, For Intelligent Key system...................... 3-9Knob, Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) .... 5-9

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ........ 9-13Label, Emission control information label....... 9-13

Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label................ 9-12Labels

Air bag warning labels............................... 1-19Engine serial number ................................ 9-12Vehicle identification number (VIN)........... 9-11

LATCH system................................................ 1-39License plate, Installing front license plate..... 9-14Light

Air bag warning light ................................. 1-19Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-27Fog light switch ......................................... 2-25Headlight switch ........................................ 2-21Headlights Bulb replacement .................... 8-28Interior light................................................ 2-38Map lights .................................................. 2-38Personal light............................................. 2-39Replacement ............................................. 8-27Vanity mirror light ...................................... 2-40Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ........................................... 2-9, 2-14Xenon headlights....................................... 2-20

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement .................................................... 8-28Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation) ..................................................... 9-15Lock

Back door lock........................................... 3-25Door locks ................................................... 3-3Glove box lock........................................... 2-32Power door lock .......................................... 3-3

Low tire pressure warning light....................... 2-12Low tire pressure warning system..... 5-3, 5-4, 6-2

M

MaintenanceBattery ....................................................... 8-17General maintenance .................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle ........................................ 8-4Maintenance precautions ............................ 8-5Maintenance requirements.......................... 8-2Outside the vehicle...................................... 8-3Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-31Under the hood and vehicle........................ 8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) .................... 2-14Map lights ....................................................... 2-38Mechanical key (for Intelligent Key system)... 3-24Meters and gauges........................................... 2-3Meters and gauges, Instrument brightnesscontrol ............................................................. 2-24Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ............. 3-32Inside mirror .............................................. 3-31Outside mirror control................................ 3-32Outside mirrors.......................................... 3-32

Mobile entertainment system (MES) .............. 4-34

N

Net, Cargo net ................................................ 2-34New vehicle break-in ...................................... 5-40Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System ............... 2-16

O

Odometer .......................................................... 2-4

10-4

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

OilCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-12Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-11Engine oil................................................... 8-11Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5

Operating the engine (Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 3-13Outside mirror control ..................................... 3-32Outside mirrors ............................................... 3-32Overheat, If your vehicle overheats................ 6-11Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation ...................................................... 9-25

P

ParkingBrake check............................................... 8-22Parking brake check.................................. 5-15Parking brake operation ............................ 5-15Parking on hills.......................................... 5-15

Parking/parking on hills .................................. 5-42Personal light .................................................. 2-39Phone, Car phone or CB radio....................... 4-43Power

Front seat adjustment ................................. 1-2Power door lock .......................................... 3-3Power outlet .............................................. 2-29Power steering fluid................................... 8-15Power steering system.............................. 5-43Power windows ......................................... 2-35

Pre-tensioner seat belt system....................... 1-18

PrecautionsAudio operation ......................................... 4-23Braking precautions................................... 5-44Child restraints .......................................... 1-32Cruise control ............................................ 5-16Driving safety............................................... 5-5Maintenance ................................................ 8-5On-pavement and offroad driving ............... 5-3Seat belt usage ......................................... 1-21Supplemental restraint system.................... 1-8When starting and driving ........................... 5-2

Preview function (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem) ........................................................... 5-44Push starting................................................... 6-11

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio.............................. 4-43FM-AM radio with cassette player andCompact Disc (CD) changer ..................... 4-26

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ......................................................... 9-24Rear center seat belt ...................................... 1-28Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock...... 3-5Rear power point ............................................ 2-29Rear seat adjustment ....................................... 1-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch .............................................................. 2-20Rear window wiper and washer switch .......... 2-19Rearview monitor ............................................ 4-15Registering your vehicle in another country ... 9-11Remote controller (See Infiniti mobileentertainment system) .................................... 4-35

Remote keyless entrySystem, Except Intelligent Key system....... 3-5System, For Intelligent Key system .......... 3-21

Reporting safety defects (US only)................. 9-23Roadside assistance program .......................... 6-2Rollover............................................................. 5-5

S

SafetyChild seat belts.......................................... 1-24Reporting safety defects (US only) ........... 9-23Towing safety................................... 9-19, 9-21

Screen (See Infiniti mobile entertainmentsystem) ........................................................... 4-36Seat

Belt warning light....................................... 1-21Belt warning light and chime..................... 2-13

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment ...................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment .................................. 1-4

Seat belt(s)Child safety................................................ 1-24Infants and small children ......................... 1-24Injured persons.......................................... 1-25Larger children .......................................... 1-24Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................. 1-18Precautions on seat belt usage ................ 1-21Pregnant women ....................................... 1-25Rear center seat belt................................. 1-28Seat belt cleaning........................................ 7-4Seat belt extenders ................................... 1-31Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-31Seat belts .................................................. 1-21

10-5

Z 04.4.2/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shoulder belt height adjustment ............... 1-28Three-point type with retractor .................. 1-25

Seat(s)Driver-side memory ................................... 3-33Heated seats ............................................. 2-26Seats ........................................................... 1-2

Security system, Vehicle security system ...... 2-16Security systems (Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ..................................... 2-17Security systems (See vehicle securitysystem) ........................................................... 2-16Servicing air conditioner ........................ 4-18, 4-21Shift lock release ............................................ 5-15Shift lock release, CVT................................... 5-15Shifting, Automatic transmission..................... 5-12Shoulder belt height adjustment, For frontseats ............................................................... 1-28Side air bag system (See supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bagsystem) ........................................................... 1-16Spark plugs..................................................... 8-19Speedometer .................................................... 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine......................... 5-11Jump starting............................................... 6-8Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2Push starting ............................................. 6-11Starting the engine .................................... 5-11

SteeringPower steering fluid................................... 8-15Power steering system.............................. 5-43Tilting telescopic steering column ............. 3-29

Storage ........................................................... 2-31Sun shade....................................................... 2-37

Sun visors ....................................................... 3-31Sunglasses holder .......................................... 2-31Sunroof ........................................................... 2-36

Automatic sunroof ..................................... 2-36Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-19Supplemental air bag warning light....... 1-19, 2-13Supplemental restraint system ......................... 1-8

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ......................................................... 1-8

Supplemental side and curtain side-impactair bag system ................................................ 1-16Switch

Autolight switch ......................................... 2-22Fog light switch ......................................... 2-25Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-25Headlight aiming control............................ 2-23Headlight switch ........................................ 2-21Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) ......... 5-9Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................ 5-8Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels ....................................................... 5-12Power door lock switch ............................... 3-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch......................................................... 2-20Snow mode switch .................................... 2-27Turn signal switch ..................................... 2-25Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch......................................................... 2-28

T

Tachometer....................................................... 2-4

Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ................................................................ 2-5Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System), Enginestart ................................................................. 2-17Three way catalyst............................................ 5-3Tilting telescopic steering column................... 3-29Tire

Flat tire ........................................................ 6-2Low tire pressure warningsystem .......................................... 5-3, 5-4, 6-2Pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight ............................................................ 2-12Uniform tire quality grading ....................... 9-22

TiresSpare tire................................................... 8-40Tire and loading information label............. 8-33Tire chains................................................. 8-37Tire labeling............................................... 8-34Tire pressure ............................................. 8-32Tire rotation ............................................... 8-38Types of tires............................................. 8-36Wheel/tire size........................................... 9-10Wheels and tires ....................................... 8-32

Top tether strap child restraints...................... 1-40Towing

Flat towing ................................................. 9-21Tow truck towing ....................................... 6-12Towing a trailer.......................................... 9-17Towing load/specification chart ................. 9-17Towing safety ............................................ 9-19

Trailer towing .................................................. 9-17Transceiver, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ..................................................... 2-40

10-6

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

TransmissionAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-15Driving with automatic transmission.......... 5-12Transmission selector lever lockrelease....................................................... 5-15

Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system)........................... 3-21Transmitter, Without Intelligent Key system(See remote keyless entry system).................. 3-5Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ............................................................ 9-11Trouble-shooting guide (for Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 3-19Turn signal switch........................................... 2-25

U

Underbody cleaning.......................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading............................. 9-22

V

Valet key (for Intelligent Key system)............. 3-24Vanity mirror light............................................ 2-40Vehicle

Dimensions and weights ........................... 9-10Identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-11Loading information................................... 9-15Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)............ 6-14Security system ......................................... 2-16Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch......................................................... 2-28Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system .... 5-46Vehicle electronic systems........................ 4-10

Vehicle load capacity ................................ 9-16Ventilators ....................................................... 4-16

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .......... 1-19Warning light

Air bag warning light ........................ 1-19, 2-13Anti-lock brake warning light ....................... 2-9AWD (all wheel drive) warning light .......... 2-10AWD warning light..................................... 5-41Brake warning light.................................... 2-10Door open warning light ............................ 2-11Intelligent Key warning light ...................... 2-13Low tire pressure warning light ................. 2-12Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-13

Warning lights ................................................... 2-9Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch ........ 2-25Warning, Low tire pressure warningsystem................................................ 5-3, 5-4, 6-2Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders .......................................................... 2-9Warranty, Emission control systemwarranty .......................................................... 9-23Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch..... 2-19Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 2-19

Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ......... 9-10Wheel/tire size ................................................ 9-10Wheels and tires............................................. 8-32

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................. 7-3Window washer fluid....................................... 8-16

Window(s)Cleaning ...................................................... 7-3Power windows ......................................... 2-35

Windshield wiper and washer switch.............. 2-19Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch..... 2-19Rear window wiper blade.......................... 8-22Windshield wiper and washer switch ........ 2-19Wiper blades ............................................. 8-20

X

Xenon headlights ............................................ 2-20

10-7

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-8

Z 03.9.23/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-9

Z 03.9.23/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-10

Z 03.9.23/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-11

Z 03.9.23/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-12

Z 03.9.23/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

VK45 engine

In order to maintain engine and exhaust sys-tem durability and performance, unleaded pre-mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87AKI number (Research octane number 91)may be temporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration

VQ35 engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

For improved vehicle performance, INFINITIrecommends the use of unleaded premiumgasoline with an octane rating of at least 91AKI number (Research octane number 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol systems, and may also affect war-ranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Tech-nical and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

For VK45DE engine

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used for am-bient temperatures above 0°F (−18°C).

For VQ35DE engine

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & IIor API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used for am-bient temperatures above 0°F (−18°C).

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

See tire placard affixed to the inside of the rearleft door opening.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURESRECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” Informationfound in the “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis Owner’s Manual. Follow these recommen-dations for the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine oil (P.8-11)

2. Brake fluid (P.8-15)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

4. Hood release (P.3-25)

5. Trunk release (P.3-25)/Fuel filler lid release(P.3-27)

6. Seat belt (P.1-21)

7. Door lock/key (P.3-3)

8. Spare tire (P.6-4, P.8-40)

9. Windshield washer fluid (P.8-16)

10. Engine coolant (P.8-9)

11. Power steering fluid (P.8-15)

12. Battery (P.8-17)

13. Audio system (P.4-22)/Heater and air con-ditioner (P.4-18)

14. Fuel (P.3-27, P.9-2)

STI0356

Z 03.9.19/S50-D/V5.0 X

2004.5 infiniti fx45/35 owner manual - dealer.com us · 2019-06-15 · infiniti is dedicated to...

Documents